Owner's Manual DENZA D9 — Isi Lengkap 230 Halaman
Contents
Halaman 1
Foreword
Thank you for choosing DENZA. To better use and maintain the vehicle, please read this
manual carefully and keep it for future reference.
Special instructions: BYD Auto Industry Co., Ltd. recommends that you choose genuine
spare parts and use, maintain, and repair the vehicle in accordance with this manual.
The use of non-genuine spare parts to replace or modify the vehicle will affect the
performance of the entire vehicle, especially its safety and durability. Vehicle damage
and performance issues caused thereby will not be covered by the warranty. In addition,
vehicle modifications may also violate national laws and regulations and local government
regulations.
Thank you again for choosing DENZA. Your valuable comments and suggestions are
welcome. To enjoy better services, please provide your accurate contact information. If
there is any change to the information, contact a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider in a timely manner to update the information in the system. You are also advised
to pay attention to the relevant national laws and regulations and local policies, and
register the vehicle as soon as possible; otherwise vehicle registration may fail.
The descriptions marked with the asterisk (*) in this manual are specific to only some
model configurations, and applicable only when the vehicle has these configurations. If
there is any difference with the vehicle you purchased, the configuration of the actual
vehicle shall prevail.
Pay attention to the "REMINDER", "CAUTION" and "WARNING" symbols in this manual, and
follow the instructions carefully to avoid injury or damage. These symbols are defined as
follows:
REMINDER
Items that must be observed to facilitate maintenance.
CAUTION
Items that must be observed to avoid damage to the vehicle.
WARNING
Items that must be observed to ensure personal safety.
is a safety mark to indicate an operation that should not be performed or an event
that should not happen.
Contents
Halaman 2
This manual is expected to help you use the product correctly, and does not provide any
description of the configuration and software version of this product. For details about the
product configuration and software version, please refer to the contract (if any) related to
this product, or consult the dealer who sold the product to you.
Copyright © BYD Auto Industry Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.
It is forbidden to copy, store, or disseminate this manual electronically or in any other
form without written authorization from BYD
All rights reserved
Contents
Halaman 3
Illustration Index
Exterior..............................................7
Dashboard......................................... 8
Center Console...................................9
Doors...............................................10
Safety
Seat Belts.........................................12
Seat Belt Overview.................................. 12
Using Seat Belts.......................................12
Airbags............................................ 15
Airbag Overview...................................... 15
Airbag Types............................................ 17
Airbag Triggering Conditions..................18
Child Restraint Systems.................... 23
Child Restraint Systems.......................... 23
Anti-theft Alarm System....................27
Anti-theft Alarm System..........................27
Event Data Recorder System............. 28
Event Data Recorder System...................28
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster........................... 34
Instrument Cluster View..........................34
Instrument Cluster Indicators.................35
Controller Operation
Doors and Keys.................................46
Keys..........................................................46
Locking/Unlocking Doors....................... 49
Power Sliding Doors................................55
Smart Access and Start System.............. 58
Child Protection Lock..............................59
Seats................................................60
Seat Precautions..................................... 60
Adjusting Front Seats.............................. 61
Adjusting Second-Row Seats.................. 62
Adjusting Rear Seats................................63
Head Supports.........................................64
Steering Wheel................................. 67
Steering Wheel.........................................67
Switches.......................................... 70
Light Switches......................................... 70
Wiper Switch............................................73
Driver's Door Switches............................ 75
Odometer Switch.................................... 77
Driver Assistance Switches..................... 77
Window Control Switch on
Passenger Side........................................ 77
Automatic Window Closing*................... 78
Hazard Warning Light Switch..................78
Mode Switches........................................ 78
Sunroof Switch........................................ 79
Interior Light Switch................................80
Using and Driving
Charging/Discharging.......................84
Charging Instructions..............................84
Charging...................................................88
Intelligent Charging.................................95
Charge Port Anti-theft Lock.................... 95
Driving Range Display............................. 96
Discharging Instructions*........................97
Battery.............................................98
High-Voltage Battery............................... 98
Low-Voltage Battery..............................101
Contents
Halaman 4
Usage Precautions.......................... 103
Break-in Period......................................103
Trailer Towing........................................103
Driving Safety Precautions....................103
Vehicle Use Suggestions....................... 104
Saving Energy and Extending
Vehicle Service Life................................105
Carrying Luggage.................................. 106
Wading into Water.................................107
Fire Prevention...................................... 108
Snow Chains..........................................109
Starting and Driving........................110
Starting the Vehicle............................... 110
Driving....................................................111
Intelligent Chassis Control System
(DiSus-C)*.............................................. 111
Gear Shift Controls................................ 112
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).............113
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)...............115
Driving Precautions...............................116
Driver Assistance............................ 117
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).............. 117
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC).............121
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
and Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB).......................................................123
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) and
Front Cross Traffic Brake (FCTB)........... 126
Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)*.............127
Intelligent Speed Limit Control
(ISLC)*.................................................... 128
Intelligent High Beam Control (IHBC).. 129
Lane Departure Assist (LDA)*................130
Emergency Lane Keeping Assist
(ELKA)*...................................................132
Blind Spot Assist (BSA)..........................134
Driver Monitoring Systems (DMS)*....... 136
Head-up Display (HUD)*....................... 137
Tire Pressure Monitoring.......................138
Acoustic Vehicle Alert System (AVAS)... 139
Panoramic View System........................140
Parking Assist System........................... 142
Driving Safety Systems..........................145
Other Main Functions......................149
Interior Rearview Mirror........................149
Power Side Mirrors................................ 150
Wipers.................................................... 151
In-Vehicle Devices
Infotainment System...................... 154
Infotainment System.............................154
Infotainment Touchscreen....................155
Vehicle Setting of the Infotainment
System................................................... 156
Gestures and Responses.......................156
OTA Upgrade..........................................156
Calling DENZA Assistant........................157
Bluetooth Call........................................157
My Car.................................................... 157
Armrest Screen*.....................................158
A/C.................................................160
A/C Panel................................................160
A/C Operation Interface........................ 160
Function Definition............................... 161
Vents...................................................... 163
A/C Settings........................................... 164
Air Purification System..........................164
DENZA App..................................... 166
DENZA App.............................................166
Account Registration............................. 166
Vehicle Condition and Control..............167
Contents
Halaman 5
Individual Center and Vehicle
Management..........................................167
NFC Digital Key*.....................................167
Storage.......................................... 168
Glove Box...............................................168
Bill Box................................................... 168
Rear Phone Holder*.............................. 168
Door Bin.................................................169
Center Console Cubby...........................169
Glasses Case.......................................... 169
Seatback Pockets.................................. 169
Cup Holder.............................................170
Other Devices................................. 171
Sun Visor................................................171
Grab Handles.........................................171
USB Ports...............................................172
12V Auxiliary Power...............................172
Wireless Phone Charger........................ 173
Window Sunshade*...............................175
Tray Table...............................................175
Refrigerator....................................176
Refrigerator Operation Interface.......... 176
Refrigerator Instructions.......................177
Maintenance
Maintenance Information................182
Maintenance Cycle and Items...............182
Regular Maintenance...................... 187
Regular Maintenance............................ 187
Vehicle Corrosion Prevention............... 187
Paint Maintenance Tips.........................188
Exterior Cleaning................................... 188
Interior Cleaning....................................190
Power Sliding Door Maintenance......... 191
Self-Maintenance............................192
Self-Maintenance.................................. 192
Sunroof Maintenance............................194
Vehicle Storage......................................195
Hood...................................................... 195
Cooling System......................................196
Braking System......................................196
Washer................................................... 197
A/C System.............................................197
Wiper Blades..........................................198
Tire......................................................... 198
Fuses...................................................... 201
When Faults Occur
When Faults Occur.......................... 208
Reflective vest........................................208
If Smart Key Battery Is Exhausted.........208
Emergency Shutdown System..............208
Vehicle Fire Rescue................................209
If a Collision Occurs...............................209
If the Vehicle Needs Towing..................210
If a Tire Goes Flat...................................212
Specifications
Data............................................... 216
Vehicle Data...........................................216
Vehicle Identification............................ 220
Information....................................221
Warning Labels......................................221
Transponder Mounting......................... 222
Declarations of Conformity............. 222
Declarations of Conformity...................222
Contents
Halaman 6
Abbreviations
Abbreviations.................................229
Contents
Halaman 7
Illustration Index
Exterior
1
Locking/Unlocking the TrunkP51
Carrying Luggage P106
2
Power Side MirrorsP150
3
Using Mode 2 Charging CableP88
4
DoorsP49
5
Combination Lights P70
6
Opening the HoodP195
CoolantP196
Brake Fluid P196
Contents
Halaman 8
Dashboard
1
Wiper SwitchP73
2
Infotainment TouchscreenP155
A/C Settings InterfaceP160
3
Front Center Vent P163
4
START/STOP Button P110
5
Glove Box P168
6
A/C Panel ButtonsP160
7
P Gear Button P112
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Switch
P113
8
Adjusting the Steering Wheel P70
Steering Wheel SwitchesP67
9
Instrument ClusterP34
Contents
Halaman 9
# Center Console
1. Gear Shift Controls **P112**
2. Cup Holder **P170**
3. Center Console Cubby **P169**
4. Using Seat Belts **P12**
5. Mode Switches **P78**
6. Front-Row USB Ports **P172**
7. Light Switches **P70**
9
Contents
Halaman 10
Doors
1 Interior Door Handle **P49** 4 Door Bin **P169**
2 Front Side Vents **P163** 5 Driver's Door Switches **P75**
3 Hood Handle **P195**
10
Safety
Halaman 11
# SAFETY
01
Seat Belts................................................. 12
Airbags..................................................... 15
Child Restraint Systems........................... 23
Anti-theft Alarm System.......................... 27
Event Data Recorder System.................. 28
Using Seat Belts
Halaman 12
Seat Belts
Seat Belt Overview
Studies have shown that proper use
of seat belts can significantly reduce
casualties in emergency braking, sudden
steering or collisions. Please read the
following information carefully and
observe it strictly.
WARNING
●Before driving, make sure all
occupants are properly buckled
up to prevent serious injury or
death in emergency braking or in
a collision.
●The seat belts are designed
primarily for adults and are not
intended for children. Make sure
to choose an appropriate child
restraint system according to your
child's age and size (see P23).
●If a seat belt is damaged
or malfunctions, immediately
contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider
for confirmation and handling.
Until then, do not use the
corresponding seat.
●All occupants should always fasten
their seat belts while in the vehicle to
avoid personal injury or death in case
of an accident.
●The installed seat belts are designed
for adults. Appropriate seat belt
selections are necessary for different
situations.
●It is recommended that children be
seated in rear seats and always use
seat belts and suitable child restraints.
In case of emergency braking or a
collision, unprotected children may be
seriously injured and their lives may
be endangered. Likewise, do not allow
children to ride on someone's lap. This
will render the children not adequately
protected.
Emergency Locking Retractor Function
●When the driver turns sharply or
brakes suddenly, when there is a
collision, or when the occupant
leans forward too quickly, the seat
belt automatically locks to effectively
restrain and protect the occupant.
●When the vehicle travels smoothly,
seat belts are pulled out and retracted
as the occupants move slowly and
smoothly, allowing the occupants to
move freely.
●If the seat belt locks due to sudden
retraction, pull on the seat belt
webbing to create retractable slack in
order to pull out the seat belt.
Pretensioner and Force Limiter
Function*
When a severe front collision occurs
and the triggering conditions of the
pretensioner are met, the pretensioner
quickly retracts part of the seat belt and
locks it to improve the protection of the
occupant. The force limiter limits the
seat-belt restraint force to the occupant's
body to a certain extent so as to avoid
injury to the occupant due to an excessive
restraint force.
Using Seat Belts
1. Adjust the seat position and seatback
angle (See P61)
2. Adjust the position of the three-point
seat belt.
●Keeping a proper sitting posture, pull
the seat belt out so that it is diagonally
Using Seat Belts
Halaman 13
across the chest. The belt should not
go under the arm or across the back of
the neck.
●Keep the lap section of the belt as
close as possible to the hips.
3. Insert the latch into the buckle until it
clicks, and then pull it back to make sure
it is firmly locked. Do not fasten the belt
with any part of the strap twisted.
4. Adjust the height of the (front)
seat belts for optimum comfort and
protection.
① Press the adjuster release button.
② Move the adjuster up or down to the
intended position. Release the button to
lock the adjuster.
01
SAFETY
5. Pull the belt firmly to check that the
adjuster is locked.
WARNING
●The shoulder belt should cross
the center of the shoulder. The
seat belt should be far from the
neck and not liable to slip from
the shoulder; otherwise, it cannot
function well in the event of
emergency braking or accident
and may even cause severe injury.
●The lap belt should be positioned
as low as possible around the hips
to avoid serious injury due to the
intense lap belt forces against the
abdomen in an accident.
●The seat belt should be fitted tight
to the body for better protection.
6. Unlock the seat belt.
●Press the red unlock button on the
buckle. The latch plate pops out, and
the seat belt automatically retracts.
●If the seat belt does not retract
smoothly and automatically, pull it out
and check whether it is twisted.
Rear Seat Belt Illustration
Halaman 14
WARNING
●One seat belt is for one occupant
only. Each seat belt must be used
by one occupant only. Do not
share a seat belt with another
occupant, not even with a child.
●Avoid traveling with the seatback
leaning too far back. The seat belt
protection performs best when
the seatback is upright.
●Make sure that no seat belt or
its spring bolt/buckle becomes
pressed by the door or rear
seatback; otherwise, the seat belt
may be damaged.
●Check the seat belts regularly. for
cuts, wear, looseness, and other
abnormalities. If any problem
is found, immediately contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for confirmation
and handling. Until then, do not
use the corresponding seat.
●Do not remove, disassemble or
modify the seat belts without
permission.
●After an accident, have the
seat belts checked at a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider. If the pretensioner
function is activated, the seat
belt must be replaced. Use an
approved model whenever you
replace the seat belt.
WARNING
●In the event of a serious
accident, even if there is no
apparent damage, the seat belt
should be replaced along with
the seat assembly. The airbag
system should also be thoroughly
inspected.
●Pregnant women should also
fasten the seat belt properly as
other occupants, and pay special
attention to the lap belt which
should be positioned as low as
possible around the hips to avoid
serious injury to them and their
fetus due to the intense lap belt
forces against the abdomen in an
accident.
●The method of wearing a rear seat
belt is the same as that for a front
seat belt. For normal functioning
of the rear seat belt, please ensure
that its latch is inserted into the
corresponding buckle during use.
The driver should ensure that all
occupants are wearing seat belts
before driving the vehicle.
●Do not insert foreign objects such
as coins and clips into the buckle
as they prevent proper connection
between the latch and buckle.
Using the Rear Middle Seat Belt
Rear Seat Belt Illustration
Airbag Overview
Halaman 15
Seat Belt Reminders
If any occupant has not buckled up
after the vehicle is started, visual and
audible alarms go off and continue until
the corresponding seat belt is properly
fastened.
●Seat belt reminder indicator
Any unfastened seat belt will trigger
corresponding indicator to light up and
flash.
●Display of unfastened belt's seat
The indicator for the seat with
unfastened seat belt lights up and
is steady on in case of abnormal
conditions in the vehicle.
●Seat belt reminder for front passenger
If the driver or front passenger has
not buckled up after the ignition is
switched on, the seat belt reminder
indicator and the indicator associated
with the corresponding seat light up. If
the seat belt remains unfastened while
driving, in addition to the reminder
indicator, an audible alarm is given to
alert the driver and the occupant.
●When the driver and the front
passenger fasten their seat belts, the
seat belt reminder indicator turns off
and all indicators displayed for the
corresponding seats turn off.
01
SAFETY
WARNING
●In the event of abnormality
or function failure, contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider. Do not use
the corresponding seat until the
functions return to normal.
●When driving, make sure all
occupants have their seat belts
properly fastened to prevent
serious injury or death in
emergency braking or in a
collision.
Airbags
Airbag Overview
●Airbags are a part of the supplemental
restraint system (SRS) and also a
supplement to seats and seat belts.
When the vehicle is involved in a
serious collision and the airbag system
meets its deployment conditions,
relevant airbags will rapidly deploy
and, along with seat belts, provide
additional protection for heads and
chests of the occupants to reduce the
risk of personal injury or even death.
●Airbags are divided into front and
side types, according to the type of
collision. The front airbags include a
driver airbag and a front passenger
airbag, while the side airbags include
Airbag Overview
Halaman 16
front seat side airbags and side curtain
airbags.
●As an integral part of the vehicle's
passive safety protection system,
the airbag system does not replace
seat belts, and must be used in
combination with seat belts to
maximize protection.
WARNING
●Occupants must sit in a
proper position to maximize the
protection provided by seat belts
and the airbag system.
●Do not disassemble or assemble
airbag components without
authorization.
●Non-BYD genuine seat covers may
worsen the airbag performance
or result in injury. Do not place
anything between the side airbag
and the occupant.
●Do not apply excessive force to the
side of seats equipped with side
airbags.
●To ensure the normal operation
of the airbag system, even if
the airbag did not deploy, and
the pretensioner did not lock
the seat belt after a collision,
it is recommeded to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
WARNING
service provider for inspection as
soon as possible.
Airbag fault warning light
●This airbag system is governed by the
ECU and has a self-diagnosis function.
Its status is displayed by the warning
lights on the instrument cluster.
●With the ignition on, if the airbag
warning light stays on for about five
seconds and then disappears, the
system is running smoothly.
WARNING
●The airbag warning light stays
on in the presence of certain
system faults. If this light stays on,
please head to the nearest DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider for an airbag system
inspection, or it may affect the
airbag funciton.
●If the vehicle is ingressed with
water (wet carpet or vehicle
submerged in water) or damaged
by water, do not start the vehicle
and the low-voltage battery needs
to be disconnected. Otherwise,
the airbags may deploy, resulting
in serious injury or death.
Airbag Types
Halaman 17
Airbag Types
① Driver and front passenger airbags
② ③ Seat side airbags
④ Side curtain airbags
Driver and Front Passenger Airbags
This vehicle is equipped with driver
and front passenger airbags, when the
airbag system Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) detects a moderate to severe front
impact during driving and the triggering
conditions are met, the airbags deploy to
minimize the injury.
Front airbag deployment
●In moderate to severe frontal crashes,
a sensor detects a sharp deceleration
and sends a signal to the ECU to trigger
the front airbags.
●When there is a frontal crash, the seat
belt secures the occupant's lower body
and torso in place. The airbag cushions
and protects the occupant's head and
chest.
01
SAFETY
●When the severity of the impact
does not reach the airbag deployment
threshold, seat belts provide enough
protection.
●The front airbag deflates immediately
after inflation, without affecting the
driver's vision and ability to operate
the steering wheel or other controls.
●The airbag deploys within a
thousandth of a second.
●A loud noise will be heard when the
airbag deploys. It will not cause injury,
but it may cause tinnitus or temporary
deafness.
●A cloud of dust from the airbag surface
may come off when the airbag deploys.
Although such powder is non-toxic,
individuals with respiratory problem
might experience some temporary
discomfort.
Airbag Triggering Conditions
Halaman 18
WARNING
●No accessories, such as telephone
holders, cups, ashtrays, may
be installed on airbag covers
or within their action range.
Otherwise, airbag deployment will
increase the risk of injury in an
accident.
Seat Side Airbags
If the vehicle is equipped with seat
side airbags (mounted on the outside of
seatback, marked with "AIRBAG" at both
sides), When a moderate to severe side
impact is detected during vehicle travel
and the triggering conditions are met,
the side airbag deploys to protect the
occupant's chest.
CAUTION
●If the seatbacks get wet from
rain or splashes, the side airbag
system may not work properly.
●Do not cover or replace seatback
covers on you own. Unsuitable
seatback covers may prevent
airbag deployment.
REMINDER
●In the event of a side impact,
the airbag on the impacted side
deploys when the airbag system
meets its deployment conditions.
●For optimal side airbag
protection, occupants must have
their seat belts fastened and sit
upright against the seatback.
Side curtain airbags
●If the vehicle is equipped with side
curtain airbags (mounted at the joint
between the side walls of the body
and the ceiling, with the A-pillar, B-
pillar, and C-pillar shields marked with
"AIRBAG", as shown in the illustration),
when a moderate to severe side impact
is detected during vehicle travel and
the triggering conditions are met, the
side curtain airbag deploys to protect
the head of the occupant on the side of
collision.
●Generally, only the airbag on the
impacted side deploys in the event of
a side impact.
●For optimum curtain airbag protection,
the occupant must have their seat belt
fastened and sit in an upright position.
Airbag Triggering
Conditions
●Airbag triggering conditions: In the
event of a vehicle collision, whether an
airbag will be triggered is decided by
factors such as the amount of collision
energy, accident type, collision angle,
obstacles, and vehicle speed. The
airbag system may be triggered in
special collisions.
●The airbag system does not always
work in any accident, and generally it
will not be triggered in the event of
a minor frontal collision, rear collision
or rollover. In this case, the driver
and passengers are protected by their
properly fastened seat belts.
●Determinants of airbag system
triggering: Decision is made by
comparing the deceleration curve,
generated in the collision and obtained
by the ECU, and the set value.
If signals, such as the deceleration
curve generated and measured in the
collision, are lower than the respective
reference values preset in the ECU,
the airbag system will not be triggered
even if the vehicle may have been
seriously deformed in the accident.
Cases When Airbags May Not Be Deployed
Halaman 19
●The ECU of the DENZA airbag system
has been set up with considerations of
common misuse and road conditions.
However, due to the increasing
changes in causes and forms of vehicle
collisions, for your safety, please
strictly follow this user manual, use the
vehicle correctly, and avoid its misuse.
Otherwise, there is no guarantee that
the airbags will achieve their expected
effect.
Cases When Airbags May Be Deployed
The vehicle's nose hits the ground when
crossing a deep groove.
The vehicle hits a bump or curbstone.
The vehicle's nose hits the ground when
going down a steep slope.
01
SAFETY
One side of the vehicle is hit by another
vehicle.
Cases When Airbags May Not Be
Deployed
The vehicle hits a concrete column, tree,
or other slim objects.
The vehicle goes under a truck or another
large vehicle.
Cases When Airbags May Not Be Deployed
Halaman 20
The tail of the vehicle is hit by another
vehicle.
The vehicle rolls over.
The vehicle hits a wall or a vehicle at a
side other than the front side.
Parts other than the passenger
compartment receive side impact.
The lateral side of the vehicle is hit
diagonally.
The lateral side of the vehicle hits a
columnar object.
Cases When Airbags May Not Be Deployed
Halaman 21
WARNING
●Airbags are designed for
specific models. Any changes to
suspension, tire size, bumpers,
chassis and factory-equipped
devices may adversely affect the
airbag system. Users must not use
any parts of the airbag system
on other car models; doing so
may lead to failure of the airbag
system.
●Drivers should maintain a distance
of at least 25 cm between their
chest and the steering wheel,
in order for the system to
provide the most effective driver
protection.
●Fasten your seat belt and sit
properly while the vehicle is
in motion. If the seat belt is
not fastened, if the occupant
is leaning forward or sitting
improperly, airbag deployment
can increase the risk of injury.
●Do not paste stickers, cover or
decorate the hub cover of the
steering wheel, the right side
surface of the dashboard or the
surface of A, B, and C-pillar trims.
Clean these surfaces with a dry or
damp cloth, without applying too
much pressure.
●A child is not to be seated in
the front passenger seat, nor
WARNING
are they to ride sitting on a
front passenger's lap, to prevent
serious injury or even casualty
caused by airbag deployment.
01
●Side airbags and side curtain
airbags deploy quickly with high
impact forces. Occupants must
not lean against the doors of
vehicles equipped with these
airbags while these vehicles are
in motion. Failure to do so could
result in serious injury or even
death.
SAFETY
●Do not place any other
accessories or items within the
action range of side curtain
airbags, including the windshield,
side door glass, A-pillar trim,
ceiling, B-pillar trim, C-pillar trim
and auxiliary handles. When
the side curtain airbag deploys,
the accessories or items will
be thrown by the impact force
from the side air curtain airbag,
or the side curtain airbag may
not deploy normally, resulting in
serious injury or even death.
●Do not modify or replace seats
or trims of the seats with
side airbags. These changes
may prevent normal deployment
of side airbags, and thereby
cause airbag system failure or
unintended deployment of side
airbags, resulting in serious injury
or death.
●When transferring vehicle
ownership, make sure to pass on
all of the vehicle's documents
and keep the new ownership
informed of airbag conditions and
replacement dates.
●Do not disassemble or repair the
A-pillar trim, ceiling, B-pillar trim
Cases When Airbags May Not Be Deployed
Halaman 22
WARNING
or C-pillar trim, which contain side
curtain airbags. These changes
can cause failure of the airbag
system or accidental deployment
of curtain airbags, which may
cause serious injury or even
death.
●Do not change any component
of the airbag system, including
any corresponding label. It is
recommended that any operation
done to the airbags be performed
by a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
●Airbags can only provide one-time
accident protection. Once the
airbag is triggered or damaged,
the airbag system must be
replaced.
●Follow safety regulations and
procedures related to the
scrapping of parts of the vehicle
or its airbag system.
●The airbag system has strong anti-
interference and anti-disturbance
resistance to electromagnetic
fields around it. However, to
avoid accidents, do not use the
vehicle in an electromagnetic
environment that violates local
regulations.
●The airbag system of this vehicle
is designed with full consideration
of common misuses and road
conditions. However, in order to
avoid accidents, do not have the
bottom of the vehicle impacted
or drive roughly in harsh road
conditions.
●This vehicle's airbag system has
been fully verified to seamlessly
match the vehicle's original
wiring harness system. Any wiring
WARNING
harness modification or alteration
may cause the airbags to
deploy mistakenly under normal
conditions or fail to deploy in the
event of a collision.
It is recommended that you contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider immediately if any of the
following situations occurs.
●The airbag has deployed.
●Instrument cluster airbag warning light
lights up abnormally.
If any of the following events occurs,
the airbag system is faulty:
●This warning light turns on or flashes
during driving. At this time, the
airbag system may be faulty. It is
recommended to drive the vehicle
to a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for inspection and
maintenance as soon as possible.
●There is a collision with the front of the
vehicle (highlighted area shown), but
the front airbags do not deploy.
●The airbag cover has been scratched,
cracked or otherwise damaged.
Child Restraint System Classification
Halaman 23
●Airbags need to be removed,
disassembled, installed or repaired.
●Side airbags and curtain airbags have
deployed.
●An impact to a vehicle door in an
accident is not adequate to cause the
airbag to deploy.
●The surface of the seat with a
side airbag is scratched, cracked, or
damaged similarly.
●Decorative (liner) parts at A-pillar with
built-in curtain airbags, roof beam
and C-pillar are scratched, cracked, or
damaged similarly.
Child Restraint
Systems
Child Restraint Systems
●Choose a suitable child restraint
system for your child's age and stature.
A child who cannot use a protection
device for size reason must sit in
the rear seat and have the seat belt
fastened properly.
●Please correctly fix the child restraint
system not used to a seat. Do not place
it on a passenger seat or in the trunk
arbitrarily.
WARNING
●Be sure to use a seat belt or
child restraint system for a child
based on his/her age and size,
so as to effectively protect the
child in an accident or emergency
stop. Holding a child in arms
is not a substitute for a child
restraint system. In an accident,
the child may be crushed against
the windshield or between you
and the cabin.
01
SAFETY
●Vehicle with Side Curtain Airbags:
Even though a child is in the
child restraint system, do not
allow his/her head or any other
body part against any door,
seat, front/rear pillar or roof side
beam (which will be affected
when side curtain airbags deploy).
Otherwise, the considerable
impact force generated when the
curtain airbags deploy will cause
serious or even fatal injury to the
child.
●Please follow the installation
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer to make
sure the child restraint it is
properly installed in the vehicle.
Otherwise, emergency parking or
an accident may result in serious
or even fatal injury to the child.
●Children are not allowed to stand
in the car or kneel on the
seat when the car is moving to
prevent serious injury or death in
emergency braking or collision.
●DENZA strongly suggests you to
install child restraint systems.
Researches indicate that it is safer
to install child restraints on the
rear seats than the front seats.
Installing Child Restraint Systems with ISOFIX Rigid Anchor
Halaman 24
Installing Child Restraint Systems with
ISOFIX Rigid Anchor
Follow the installation instructions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer. Secure the child restraints
to the rear seats. Both the second-
and the third-row seats are equipped
with ISOFIX anchors for child restraints.
Make sure to fasten the top tether when
installing a child restraint.
●The second-row seats are equipped
with special anchorages. (A label
indicating the anchoring position is
attached to the seat.)
REMINDER
●The anchorages are located in the
gap between the seat cushion and
the seatback.
●The second-row seats are equipped
with anchorages on the back.
●The rear outboard seats are equipped
with special anchorages. (A label
indicating the anchoring position is
attached to the seat.)
REMINDER
●The anchorages are located in the
gap between the seat cushion and
the seatback.
●The rear seats are equipped with
tether strap anchorages on the back.
Installing a child restraint
1. Check the position of the special
anchorage and install the child restraint
on the seat.
Second-Row Seats
Installing Child Restraint Systems with ISOFIX Rigid Anchor
Halaman 25
Rear Seats
2. Lift the head support, engage the hook
tightly to the anchorage at the back of the
seatback, and tighten the top tether so
that it is fastened.
REMINDER
●To make it easier to align the
child restraint anchor to the
anchorage bar, it is recommended
to purchase a child restraint with
guide slots or add guide slots for
convenience.
Second-row seat installation position
① Top tether
② Anchorage
01
SAFETY
Third-row seat installation position
① Top tether
② Anchorage
3. Adjust the head support to a proper
position.
●If the driver seat obstructs the correct
installation of the CRS, install it on the
right rear seat.
●Never install a rear-facing child
restraint on the seat protected by
a front airbag (in the active state),
otherwise in the event of an accident,
the force of rapid deployment of the
front passenger airbag will result in
death or serious injury to the child.
Installing Child Restraint Systems with ISOFIX Rigid Anchor
Halaman 26
WARNING
●Push/Pull the child restraint in
different directions to ensure it is
securely installed.
●When using the lower anchoring
device, make sure that no foreign
objects are around the anchoring
Recommended seating positions for installing child restraint systems
Seat (or Other Positions)
Weight Group
Front
passenger seat
Second-row
seat
Rear Outboard
Seat
Rear Middle
Seat
Group 0
(up to 10 kg)
X
U
U
X
Group 0+
(up to 13 kg)
X
U
U
X
Group 1
(9-18 kg)
X
U/UF
U/UF
X
Group 2
(15-25 kg)
X
UF
UF
X
Group 3
(22-36 kg)
X
UF
UF
X
Note: Table definitions:
U: seat suitable for installing a universal
child restraint certified for this weight
group
WARNING
device and that the seat belt
is not stuck behind the child
restraint; make sure that the
child restraint is securely fixed,
otherwise emergency parking or
an accident may result in serious
even fatal injury to a child.
●Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger seat.
●Do not allow the child to play
with the seat belt. Otherwise,
emergency parking or an accident
may result in serious injury to the
child or even death.
UF: seat suitable for installing a front-
facing universal child restraint certified
for this weight group
Anti-theft Alarm System
Halaman 27
X= X: seat position not suitable for
installing a child restraint for this weight
group
Suitability of International Standards Organization Fix (ISOFIX ) seating positions for
ISOFIX child restraint systems:
Weight
Group
Size
Fixed
Module
Front
passenger
seat
Carrycot
F
ISO/L1
X
X
X
X
G
ISO/L2
X
X
X
X
Group 0
E
ISO/R1
X
X
X
X
(up to 10
kg)
E
ISO/R1
X
X
X
X
Group 0+
D
ISO/R2
X
X
X
X
(up to 13
kg)
C
ISO/R3
X
X
X
X
D
ISO/R2
X
X
X
X
C
ISO/R3
X
X
X
X
Group 1
B
ISO/F2
X
IUF
IUF
X
(9-18 kg)
B1
ISO/F2X
X
IUF
IUF
X
A
ISO/F3
X
IUF
IUF
X
Note 1: For child restraint systems not
identified with ISO/XX size classes (A-G),
the vehicle manufacturer shall specify the
in-vehicle ISOFIX child restraint systems
recommended for each seating position
with respect to their applicable weight
groups.
Note 2: Table definitions:
IUF: seat position suitable for installing
a front-facing universal ISOFIX child
restraint certified for this weight group
X=ISOFIX seating position not suitable for
installing an ISOFIX child restraint system
for this weight group and/or this size
class.
01
Seat (or Other Positions)
Rear
Outboard
Seat
Rear
Middle
Seat
Second-
row seat
SAFETY
Anti-theft Alarm
System
Anti-theft Alarm System
When armed, the system sounds an alarm
and triggers turn signal flashes when any
door or hood is opened.
Data Collection and Processing
Halaman 28
Arming the system
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. All occupants get off the vehicle.
3. Lock all doors. This makes the
anti-theft indicator steady on. The
anti-theft alarm system will arm
automatically after 10s. and the anti-
theft indicator will then begin to flash.
4. You can leave the vehicle after
confirming that the indicator begins to
flash. Since unlocking the door from
inside the vehicle will activate the
system, never let anyone stay in the
vehicle with the system enabled.
Triggering the alarm
●The system will raise an alarm in any of
the following situations:
●Any door, trunk lid or hood is
unlocked without using the smart
key access function.
Disarming the system
●Anti-theft alarm can be stopped by:
●Unlocking the doors or the trunk with
a valid smart key.
●Using the microswitch to unlock the
door by carrying a valid smart key.
●Opening the trunk remotely with a
valid smart key.
●Unlocking the door with a valid NFC
(card or phone) key.
●Starting the vehicle remotely with a
valid smart key.
●Pressing the START/STOP button
inside the vehicle while carrying a
valid smart key.
WARNING
●Do not modify the anti-theft alarm
system by means of alteration or
addition, otherwise the system
may fail.
Event Data
Recorder System
Event Data Recorder
System
●This section provides you with
some important information on how
personal data is collected and
processed when you use a BYD vehicle.
●For a more detailed overview on data
processing, data protection and data
subject rights, please read the current
version of the privacy policy for the
vehicle available at the infotainment
system (Vehicle Settings → System
Settings → More → Privacy Policy).
●This vehicle is equipped with an
Event Data Recorder (EDR). EDR mainly
records data in the event of a crash
or near-crash (for example, airbag
deployment or hitting on a roadside
obstacle) to help comprehend the
vehicle system operation, such as:
●Vehicle velocity
●Tire pressure condition
●Adaptive cruise control (ACC) system
status
Vehicle Data Processing
Halaman 29
●Whether the seat belt is fastened
●The vehicle records EDR data only
when there is a crash or when a
near-crash event reaches a certain
extent. The EDR does not record any
data during the normal driving of the
vehicle.
●The data recorded by the EDR system
provides an understanding of the
state of the vehicle's safety-related
systems when an accident occurs, so
that relevant parties can analyze the
accident.
●The EDR data needs to be accessed
and read by special equipment.
DENZA discloses your personal data
to third parties only if this is legally
permissible or you have consented
to it. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, third-party agencies
with professional equipment (such as
government agencies) can also read
the EDR data if they have access
to the vehicle EDR and equipment
(for example, they can read the data
of SRS control unit to clarify the
accident).
Vehicle Data Processing
●Data is collected when the vehicle
is used, such as data collected or
transmitted by vehicle sensors or
control units, which is necessary for
the safe functioning of your vehicle.
●In some cases, the data is used
to support driving (driver assistance
systems) or to enable a specific
comfort or infotainment function.
●Personal data that is collected and
processed mainly include in-vehicle
data, remote-services-related data,
and other data, as further specified
below.
In-vehicle data
Operation data
●When the vehicle is used, various
vehicle status data (e.g., speed,
battery level, and braking system) or
environment (e.g., distance sensors,
rain sensor, and temperature) data is
collected and processed.
01
●This data is not usually stored,
but there are control units, sensors
or other components installed in
the vehicle that record such data,
for example, to record maintenance
requirements, error messages, or other
information.
SAFETY
●The in-vehicle data will only be stored
in the equipment in the vehicle but
can be read out via the legally
required OBD ("On Board Diagnostics")
interface, for example, by DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
or other third parties.
●In case this access takes place during
vehicle maintenance, the information
can also be transmitted to DENZA
engineers for quality assurance,
product defect reports, or customer
claim verification.
Remote-services-related data
Remote monitoring services
●The vehicle has remote monitoring
services. These include remote
diagnosis and over-the-air (OTA)
updates and upgrades for security and
safety purposes (subject to owner's
approval).
●These monitoring services serve the
following purposes: service provision
(remote support/diagnostics), product
development, and security/public
safety.
●Depending on the country and setup,
various vehicle information can be
transmitted to DENZA data center in
corresponding market for the above
purposes, including vehicle location
Vehicle Data Processing
Halaman 30
information, vehicle status, such as
energy consumption, vehicle speed,
gear position, power mode, ESC status,
steering system status, battery status,
powertrain status, and overall vehicle
performance status.
Other
Infotainment system
●Depending on vehicle configuration,
data can be added to the infotainment
system by the users themselves, such
as media data for playing video on the
infotainment system, address data for
use in the navigation system, or data
for use in online services.
●Depending on vehicle configuration,
individual settings in and on the
vehicle can also be entered.
●Data stored in the vehicle can be
deleted at any time.
●DENZA has no control over data
transferred to third parties (from the
use of third party content, in particular
as part of online services).
Integration of mobile devices
●Depending on vehicle configurations,
mobile devices can be connected
and controlled through the vehicle's
infotainment system.
●It may be necessary that the device's
screen or audio is displayed/played
through the infotainment system or
transmitted to it.
●Additional data like positioning or
vehicle information can be transmitted
through applications for use in certain
navigation systems, communication,
or other third-party services.
●The specific type of data processing
depends on the respective function
and is controlled by the user or third
parties such as the provider of the
devices or corresponding services.
Internet access and connected services
●Depending on vehicle configurations,
the Internet can be accessed for certain
functions or BYD services through the
vehicle's infotainment system network
devices.
●DENZA is not liable for any such
services provided by any other party.
●In such cases, please obtain
information about the use of data from
the provider of the respective online
service.
Camera image recording/surrounding
area monitoring
●Your vehicle is equipped with a
number of cameras/sensors.
●The reason for this is that some vehicle
functionalities require the vehicle's
path to be detected and assessed
which is done by cameras that detect
objects in the vehicle's surroundings
(e.g., obstacles).
●The images are transmitted to the
respective control module for further
analytics required to operate the
systems.
●Some images are just processed on
a volatile basis (RAM), others may
be stored, depending on vehicle
equipment.
●The vehicle may be equipped with
an outward-facing camera (OFC) that
can be used to take footage of the
surrounding (for example, dashcam).
●The vehicle may also be equipped with
an inward-facing camera (IFC), which
can be used to take footage inside the
vehicle.
●Both OFC and IFC footage is stored.
●You are responsible to check the laws
of your residence before turning on
your OFC or IFC (for instance, in some
countries consent is required for the
Your Data Protection Rights
Halaman 31
use of IFC, and in others OFC is strictly
restricted to dashcam purposes).
●For more camera details, see section
"Panoramic View System" in this
manual.
Permanent Vehicle Transfer to Third
Parties and Offline Mode
●In case of a permanent vehicle transfer,
i.e., second hand vehicle, or vehicle
transfer by a third party for permanent
use, it must be noted that any
personalization/user settings made via
the infotainment system (e.g. address
list, navigation system, etc.) may be
accessed by the new owner.
●You can also restrict your vehicle's
communication with the BYD data
server and the processing of vehicle-
related and personal data by setting
the vehicle to offline mode.
●On the infotainment touchscreen, tap
to turn Wi-Fi off.
●This can also be done by tapping
→
System Settings → Internet → WLAN
→ Off.
Disclosure of Personal Data to
Authorities
●DENZA discloses your personal data
to third parties only if this is legally
permissible or you have consented to
it.
●However, subject to applicable
laws, government agencies may be
authorized to read out data from
vehicles (e.g. data can be read from
the airbag control unit to clarify an
accident).
●If required by law, DENZA may also
be obliged to disclose data upon
request to governmental authorities
in your country or region, e.g. in the
investigation of a criminal offence.
Your Data Protection Rights
●DENZA has staunch respect for
its customer's privacy, and strictly
complies with all data protection
laws, in particular the General Data
Protection Regulation (GDPR) and
applicable local laws.
01
SAFETY
●According to these laws, owners have
specific rights when their personal
data is processed:
●Data subjects have the right
of information and access, to
rectification, erasure of personal data
("right to be forgotten") and the
right to object to the processing of
personal data or to restrict it (or to
withdraw consent given earlier, as
well as the right to data portability).
●These rights may be limited in some
cases. For example, if we can show
that we have a legal obligation to
process your data, or if providing the
information to you would disclose
personal data about another person,
or if we are legally prevented from
disclosing that information.
●In some cases, this may mean that
we can retain the data even if you
withdraw your consent.
●For more information on data
processing, data protection, and any
rights you may have, please visit the
latest version of the Privacy Policy
available at the infotainment system
(Vehicle Settings → System Settings
→ More → Privacy Policy).
Your Data Protection Rights
Halaman 32
32
Instrument Cluster
Halaman 33
02
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
Instrument Cluster............................34
LCD Instrument Cluster
Halaman 34
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster View
LCD Instrument Cluster
1
Direction
2
Time
3
Speedometer
4
Gear status
5
Energy regeneration indicator
REMINDER
●After OTA upgrade, the
combination instrument will enter
the simple mode, which is a
normal phenomenon. Restart
6
Outside temperature
7
Total mileage
8
Power meter
9
Remaining driving range
10
State of charge (SOC)
REMINDER
the infotainment touchscreen to
restore the display.
Indicators and Warning Lights
Halaman 35
Instrument Cluster
Indicators
Indicators and Warning Lights
Turn signal indicator
All-weather sensor indicator
AVH indicator
LSS indicator
Exterior light switch indicator
AEB indicator*
BSD indicator
High beam indicator
ACC standby indicator*
Sport mode indicator light
Comfort mode indicator
ACC fault indicator
Position light indicator
02
Low beam
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Comfort mode indicator
Hill descent control indicator
Discharge indicator
HMA indicator
ICC indicator*
ACC status indicator
Economic mode indicator
Snow mode indicator
AVH standby indicator
Function Safety indicator
Indicators and Warning Lights
Halaman 36
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/x0q4QfT.png" alt="Rear fog light indicator icon" width="20"/> Rear fog light indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/vHq0L5O.png" alt="Headlight fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Headlight fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/r6O0G8H.png" alt="Driver monitoring assistance system fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Driver monitoring assistance system fault warning light***
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/uR797dC.png" alt="Main alarm indicator icon" width="20"/> Main alarm indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/dK3f3wJ.png" alt="Tire pressure fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Tire pressure fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/2pD0Cnm.png" alt="ESC fault warning light icon" width="20"/> ESC fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/e58nI3m.png" alt="Smart key warning light icon" width="20"/> Smart key warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/0i1c51r.png" alt="TSR indicator icon" width="20"/> TSR indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/4gQzP0i.png" alt="AEB fault light icon" width="20"/> AEB fault light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/c4T4U82.png" alt="Seat belt reminder indicator icon" width="20"/> Seat belt reminder indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/d8uS1u5.png" alt="Coolant overheating warning light icon" width="20"/> Coolant overheating warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/v8tT9o9.png" alt="Powertrain fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Powertrain fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/W2O2J4x.png" alt="Airbag fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Airbag fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/s6r7c1v.png" alt="LSS fault warning light icon" width="20"/> LSS fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/Gj3Hj54.png" alt="Blind spot detection (BSD) indicator icon" width="20"/> Blind spot detection (BSD) indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/V2zXf2g.png" alt="Driving power limit warning light icon" width="20"/> Driving power limit warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/k61p6yG.png" alt="ABS fault warning light icon" width="20"/> ABS fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/R3xPzWv.png" alt="ESC OFF warning light icon" width="20"/> ESC OFF warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/1O6mKkP.png" alt="AVAS OFF indicator icon" width="20"/> AVAS OFF indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/K3Z6S74.png" alt="EPB indicator icon" width="20"/> EPB indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/z4D7t7h.png" alt="TSR indicator (speed limit) icon" width="20"/> TSR indicator (speed limit)**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/1K4s9tL.png" alt="Low-voltage power system fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Low-voltage power system fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/E8A2f1N.png" alt="High-voltage battery overheating warning light icon" width="20"/> High-voltage battery overheating warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/X4yD89T.png" alt="Charging connection indicator icon" width="20"/> Charging connection indicator**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/j5T0Htd.png" alt="High-voltage battery fault warning light icon" width="20"/> High-voltage battery fault warning light**
* **<img src="https://i.imgur.com/Pq9l31g.png" alt="Motor fault warning light icon" width="20"/> Motor fault warning light**
36
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 37
Motor overheating warning light
Steering system fault warning
light
Warning Lights/Indicators Description
Smart key warning light
●If the key is not in the vehicle when
the START/STOP button is pressed, the
warning light will light up for a few
seconds, a beep will be heard, and a
"Key not detected" message will be
displayed.
●If you carry the electronic smart key
and press the START/STOP button, this
warning light will not light up and the
vehicle can be powered on.
●This warning light will disappear if the
key is taken into the vehicle within a
few seconds after the light turns on.
●If the warning light flashes after
you press the START/STOP button, it
indicates low battery of the key.
Antilock Braking System (ABS)
fault warning light
●This warning light comes on when the
ignition is on. If the anti-lock braking
system (ABS) is working properly, the
light goes out in a few seconds.
Thereafter, if the system fails, the
light lights up again until the fault is
cleared.
●When the ABS fault warning light is on
(with the parking system fault warning
light off), the braking system continues
to operate whereas the ABS does not.
●When the ABS fault warning light is
on (with the parking system fault
Parking system fault warning
light
Door status indicator
warning light off), since the ABS system
does not operate, the wheels will be
locked in case of emergency braking or
braking on a slippery road.
02
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
●If any of the following cases occurs, it
means there is a fault in components
monitored by the warning light
system. In that case, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for vehicle inspection as soon as
possible.
●This warning light does not come on
or is steady on when the ignition is
on.
●This warning light turns on during
driving.
REMINDER
●A warning light that lights up
briefly during operation does not
indicate a problem.
●If the ABS fault warning light is
still on while the braking system
warning light is on, immediately
park the vehicle in a safe place.
It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
●In this case, if brakes are applied,
the ABS will not work and the
vehicle will become extremely
unstable.
●The ABS has a self-check function.
Any detected fault will cause the ABS
indicator to light up on the instrument
cluster. This means the ABS fails,
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 38
but the brake can still function as
that of an ordinary non-ABS vehicle.
It is recommended to contact a
professional from a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for vehicle
inspection as soon as possible.
●If both ABS indicator and the braking
system indicator are on and the
electronic parking brake (EPB) is fully
released, the braking force distribution
system of front and rear wheels has
also failed.
●If the brake pedal feels abnormal, take
measures immediately. The braking
system is dual-circuited, so partial
failure cannot prevent the other two
wheels from braking. In such a
situation, you need to press the brake
pedal further to slow the vehicle, and
braking distance is longer. Decelerate
the vehicle and safely move it to the
roadside. A longer braking distance
can present serious driving hazards, so
the vehicle must be towed away for
immediate repair.
●If you must drive under such
conditions, proceed at low speed with
extreme caution.
Tire pressure fault warning light
●This warning light comes on when the
ignition is on. It turns off in a few
seconds if the tire pressure monitoring
system is working properly. If the
system fails, this warning light turns on
again.
●When the tire pressure fault warning
light comes on or flashes, the message
"Please check TPMS" is displayed
on the instrument cluster, and the
tire pressure is displayed as "---", it
indicates that the tire pressure system
is faulty.
●When the tire pressure value displays
"No Signal", it indicates that the tire
pressure signal at the location of
the vehicle may be disturbed or the
tire pressure monitoring module is
damaged.
●When the tire pressure fault warning
light flashes rapidly, and one or more
values turn red on the tire pressure
screen on the instrument cluster, the
corresponding tire is leaking rapidly.
●When the tire pressure fault warning
light is solid on and one or more
values turn yellow on the tire pressure
screen on the instrument cluster, the
corresponding tire is in under-pressure
condition. When the temperature value
of one or more tires turns yellow, it
indicates that the tire temperature is
too high.
In the event of any of the situations
above, it is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for inspection as soon as
possible.
ESC fault warning light
●This warning light comes on when the
ignition is on. If Electronic Stability
Controller (ESC) functions properly,
the light goes out in a few seconds.
If the system fails, this warning light
turns on again until the system fault is
cleared.
●If the ESC warning light flashes
temporarily while the vehicle is in
motion, it indicates the ESC system is
working.
●When the ESC warning light turns on
(with the ABS fault warning light and
the parking system fault warning light
off), the ESC fails, but the ABS and
the braking system continue to operate
normally.
●When the ESC warning light turns on
(with the ABS fault warning light and
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 39
the parking system fault warning light
off), the ESC system does not work.
This means the vehicle is extremely
unstable at sharp turns or when the
driver steers away from obstacles
ahead.
●If any of the following cases occurs, it
means there is a fault in components
monitored by the warning light
system. In that case, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for vehicle inspection as soon as
possible.
●This warning light remains off (self-
check not performed) after the
vehicle is powered on.
●This warning light is steady on while
driving.
REMINDER
●A warning light that lights up
briefly during operation does not
indicate a problem.
●If the ESC warning light remains
on while the warning lights for
the ABS and the braking system
are on, immediately stop the
vehicle in a safe place and contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider. This is because
braking at this time can render the
vehicle extremely unstable, and
the anti-lock braking system does
not work at all.
ESC OFF warning light
●With the ignition on, this warning light
turns on for a few seconds and then
disappears.
●When the ESC OFF switch is pressed,
this warning light should remain
steady on and the ESC system will
not operate. When the ESC OFF switch
is pressed again, this warning light
should turn off and the ESC system
resumes its normal operation.
CAUTION
●While the ESC OFF warning light
is on, the driver must stay alert
and keep driving at a lower
speed when making a sharp turn
and when avoiding an obstacle
which appears suddenly, because
ESC system is malfunctioned at
this time and braking will cause
instability.
02
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driving power limit warning light
When the power of the vehicle is limited,
this indicator will come on. In this case,
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider in time.
Headlight fault warning light
●A yellow warning light means one
failed headlight, while a red warning
light means both have failed.
●When this indicator is on, it is
recommended to bring the vehicle to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for inspection.
Main alarm indicator
If this indicator goes on, check the fault
prompt on the instrument cluster.
ACC fault indicator
When this indicator is steady on, it is
recommended to bring the vehicle to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for inspection.
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 40
Seat belt reminder indicator
This warning light reminds the driver and
the front passenger to fasten their seat
belts. With the ignition on, if either you
or the front passenger doesn't fasten a
seat belt, the corresponding seat belt
indicator will light up. It remains on until
the seat belt is fastened.
Airbag fault warning light
●With the ignition switched on, this
warning light turns on and then
goes off in a few seconds if the
airbag system is working properly. This
warning light is used to monitor the
airbag ECU, collision sensors, inflation
device, warning lights, connections,
and power supply.
●If any of the following cases occurs, it
means there is a fault in components
monitored by the warning light
system. In that case, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for vehicle inspection as soon as
possible.
●When the ignition is switched on, this
warning light remains off or is solid
on after the ignition is switched on.
●This warning light turns on during
driving.
Parking system fault warning
light
If any of the following conditions occurs,
immediately park the vehicle in a safe
place. It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
This warning light lights up in the
following conditions:
●This warning light comes on when the
ignition is switched on and the brake
fluid level is low.
REMINDER
●When the brake fluid level is low,
park the vehicle because it is
dangerous to continue driving.
●This warning light is solid on although
after starting the vehicle, the brake
fluid level and EPB system operation
are normal (the EPB is engaged and
released normally, and the message
"Please check the EPB" is not
displayed).
●The parking system fault warning light
stays on with the ABS fault warning
light. In this case, the braking system
or the EPB may not work normally,
lengthening the braking distance.
Therefore, during braking, the ABS
does not function, and the vehicle is
unstable. Proceed with caution.
REMINDER
If any of the following conditions
occurs, immediately park the vehicle
in a safe place. It is recommended to
contact a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider.
●When the drive motor is running,
this light stays on even if the
EPB is released. The brake may
malfunction, resulting in extended
stopping distances. Firmly press
the brake pedal to initiate an
emergency stop.
●The brake system warning light
stays on with the ABS fault
warning light. In this case, if
brakes are applied, the ABS will
not work and the vehicle will
become extremely unstable.
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 41
Steering system fault warning
light
●When the steering system is faulty,
this warning light is steady on. It is
recommended to bring the vehicle to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for inspection.
REMINDER
●The steering system features an
electric motor to reduce the force
required to turn the steering
wheel.
●When turning the steering wheel,
a hum may be heard from the
running motor. This does not
indicate that the motor is faulty.
●Do not turn the steering wheel
to its limit position for more
than five seconds, otherwise the
temperature protection will be
activated and the steering system
will be damaged or steering will
become heavy.
●If you have turned the steering wheel
frequently with the vehicle staying put
for a long time, the steering wheel may
become difficult to turn even if the
warning light does not turn on. This is
not a fault.
●To prevent steering system
overheating, the power assist effect
will be reduced if the steering wheel
has been frequently turned with the
vehicle staying put for a long time. As
a result, the steering wheel become
difficult to turn. In this case, reduce
steering frequency or power off the
vehicle. The system will recover
within 10 minutes.
●In cases where the low-voltage battery
has low SOC.
●When the low-voltage battery voltage
drops below the EPS working
threshold of 9V, EPS will stop
providing steering power. The low-
voltage battery should therefore be
inspected and charged or swapped if
necessary.
●A dead motor may prevent the EPS
system from working, so never turn off
the motor during driving. If the motor
dies while driving, hold on to the
steering wheel, pull over immediately,
and contact a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider.
02
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REMINDER
●If the steering system fault
warning light goes on,
immediately park the vehicle
safely, and contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider.
Low-voltage power system fault
warning light
●It lights up when the DC system or low-
voltage battery fails.
●Charging and discharging stop when
this warning light turns on.
●When this warning light lights up and
remain steady on while driving, the
vehicle speed will be limited.
●This light is used to warn about the
operating state of the DC module and
the low-voltage battery module when
the vehicle is not being charged or
discharging.
●If this warning light turns on while the
vehicle is in motion, it indicates that
there is a problem with the DC system
or the low-voltage power system.
Powertrain fault warning light
Indicators/Warning Lights Description
Halaman 42
●If the powertrain fails, this warning
light turns on.
●If any of the following cases occurs, it
means there is a fault in components
monitored by the warning light
system. In that case, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for vehicle inspection as soon as
possible.
●This warning light is steady on when
the ignition is switched on.
●This warning light turns on during
driving.
CAUTION
●Try not to drive the vehicle when
the warning light is on. Contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider to check the
problem as soon as possible.
High-voltage battery overheating
warning light
●If this warning light is on, it
indicates that the high-voltage battery
temperature is too high and the
vehicle must be stopped to cool down.
When the warning light flashes, it is
recommended to immediately stop the
vehicle safely and leave the vehicle as
soon as possible.
●The high-voltage battery may overheat
under the following operating
conditions:
●Driving up a slope for a long time in
hot weather
●Long period of stop-and-go
traffic condition, frequent rapid
acceleration, frequent hard braking,
or vehicle running for a long time
without pause.
High-voltage battery fault
warning light
●This warning light comes on when
the ignition is switched on. If the
high-voltage battery system is working
properly, this warning light will turn
off in a few seconds. Thereafter, if the
system fails, this light will light up
again. It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for vehicle inspection as soon
as possible.
●If any of the following cases occurs, it
means there is a fault in components
monitored by the warning light
system. In that case, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for vehicle inspection as soon as
possible.
●This warning light is steady on when
the ignition is on.
●This warning light is steady on or
occasionally turns on while driving.
Motor coolant overheating
warning light
When this indicator is steady on, it
indicates that the coolant temperature is
too high. In that case, stop to cool down
the vehicle. When the indicator flashes,
it indicates the coolant level is low. Add
coolant promptly.
AEB warning light (red)*
When this indicator is on or flashes, pay
attention to the distance from the vehicle
ahead, and do not get too close to it to
prevent potential collision.
TSR indicator*
Other Instrument Cluster Fault Prompts
Halaman 43
When this indicator lights up, it means
that the vehicle system has recognized
the speed limit value on current road
section.
Other Instrument Cluster Fault Prompts
The instrument cluster may display the following fault prompts. Handle them as
recommended.
Symbol
Fault Prompt
Response
Please check the OBC system
Stop using remote driving for
your safety.
Stop using remote driving when it is
abnormal.
Please check the data
network of the vehicle.
Please check the memory
system*
EV power limited
The EV function is limited. In this case, contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service provider
immediately for a check.
Please check the headlight
The headlight is faulty. In this case, contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service provider.
Please check the PCW
system*
The AEB function is limited*
The AEB system is faulty. In this case, park
the vehicle and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Please check the BSD system*
The BSD system for lane change is faulty.
In this case, park the vehicle and contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service provider.
The BSD function is limited*
The BSD function is limited. In this case, park
the vehicle, and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
The on-board charging system is faulty. In
this case, check the charging connection, and
reconnect the charging equipment. If the fault
persists, contact a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider.
02
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
The vehicle may be disconnected from the
data network. In this case, park the vehicle
immediately, and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
The memory system is faulty. In this case,
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
The PCW system is faulty. In this case, park
the vehicle and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Other Instrument Cluster Fault Prompts
Halaman 44
Symbol
Fault Prompt
Response
Please check the gear
The shifter controller is faulty. In this case,
park the vehicle immediately, and contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service provider.
The multi-purpose camera is faulty. In this
case, park the vehicle, and contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
Please check the multi-
purpose camera*
The function of the multi-purpose camera is
limited. In this case, park the vehicle, and
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
The function of the multi-
purpose camera is limited*
Intelligent-camera is not
available due to poor
condition*
The intelligent camera is unavailable. In this
case, park the vehicle, and contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
Please check the LDWS*
The LDW system is faulty. In this case, park
the vehicle and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Please check the LKS*
The lane keeping system (LKS) is faulty. In this
case, park the vehicle, and contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
The LKS function is limited.*
The LKS function is limited. In this case, park
the vehicle, and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Please check HDC system
The HDC system is faulty. In this case,
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
This indicates the active suspension is
not calibrated, which may affect your
driving experience. Please contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
IMU not calibrated*
Controller Operation
Halaman 45
03
CONTROLLER
OPERATION
Doors and Keys.................................46
Seats..................................................60
Steering Wheel..................................67
Switches............................................70
Electronic Smart Key
Halaman 46
Doors and Keys
Keys
The vehicle is equipped with
keys, including electronic smart key,
mechanical key (installed in the
electronic smart key) and NFC key*.
Electronic Smart Key
Press the microswitch on the front door
handle, while carrying the correct smart
key, to unlock or lock all doors. When the
vehicle is locked, press the microswitch
on the rear door handle, while carrying
the correct smart key, to unlock the
vehicle and open the corresponding
power sliding door. Press smart key
buttons to lock/unlock doors, open/close
the trunk, start/stop the vehicle remotely,
or open/close the sliding doors.
① Indicator
② Lock button
③ Unlock button
④ Trunk open/close button
⑤ Start/Stop button
⑥ Right sliding door open/close button
⑦ Left sliding door open/close button
WARNING
●The button (coin) battery in the
smart key is hazardous and both
new and used batteries are to be
kept away from children at all
times.
●If swallowed or placed inside any
part of the body, a lithium button
battery can cause severe or fatal
injuries in two hours or less.
●Medical attention should be
sought immediately if it is
suspected the button battery has
been swallowed or placed inside
any part of the body.
CAUTION
●The smart key is an
electronic component. Observe
the following instructions to
prevent damage to the key:
●Do not expose the smart key to
high temperatures, such as on
the dashboard.
●Do not disassemble the smart
key without authorization.
●Do not let the smart key hit
other objects or fall down.
●Do not immerse the key in water
or clean it in the ultrasonic
scrubber.
●Do not place smart keys
with devices that emit
electromagnetic waves, such as
the mobile phone.
●Do not attach to the smart
key any objects (such as a
metal seal) capable of cutting off
electromagnetic wave signals.
●You can register a spare key for
the same vehicle. For details,
Mechanical Key
Halaman 47
CAUTION
contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
●If the electronic smart key cannot
operate the door within the
normal distance, or the key
indicator light is dim or off:
●Check for nearby radio stations
or airport radio transmitters
that interfere with the normal
operation of electronic smart
keys.
●The smart key battery may be
exhausted. Check the battery
inside the electronic smart key.
It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for battery
change.
●If you lose your smart key, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider as soon as possible to
reduce the risk of vehicle theft or
accidents.
●Do not change the transmission
frequency arbitrarily, increase the
transmission power (including
additional transmission frequency
amplifier), or arbitrarily connect
the external detection antenna
or switch other transmitting
detection antennas.
●Do not generate harmful
interference to legal radio
communication services when
using the smart key. Once any
interference is found, stop using
the smart key immediately, and
take measures to eliminate the
interference before continuing to
use it.
●The use of micropower radio
equipment must be free from
CAUTION
interference of all radio services
or from radiation of devices for
industrial, scientific and medical
applications.
●Do not use it near aircraft or
airports.
●People implanted with
pacemakers or defibrillators
should stay away from the
detection antennas of intelligent
entry and start systems, as
electromagnetic waves can affect
the normal use of such devices.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●In addition to people
implanted with pacemakers
or defibrillators, those who
use other electronic medical
devices should also consult the
manufacturer on the use of
such devices under the influence
of electromagnetic waves.
Electromagnetic waves may bring
unknown consequences to the
use of such medical devices.
●When leaving the vehicle, always
carry your key and lock the
vehicle. Never leave anyone
(especially children) alone in the
vehicle.
Mechanical Key
Use the mechanical key (inside the smart
key) to lock or unlock the driver's door.
When the key is not used, be sure to insert
the mechanical key back into the smart
key and close its back cover.
Taking out the mechanical key
Select a suitable tool and insert it into
the square groove at the end of the smart
key in the direction of arrow ①. Open the
back cover of the key with upward force
NFC Key
Halaman 48
and take out the mechanical key from the
back cover.
●Insert the mechanical key back into the
smart key when it is not in use.
REMINDER
●The number of the mechanical
key is marked on the number
plate. Please keep this plate
properly. Do not place it in the
vehicle.
●It is recommended to record the
key number and keep the plate in
a safe place.
NFC Key
●Near Field Communication (NFC) key --
The vehicle supports NFC key card and
NFC digital key* (only iPhone supports
the digital key).
●Place the NFC key at the mark on the
driver’s side mirror to unlock/lock all
the doors.
●Place the NFC key on the NFC area
under the auxiliary dashboard to
authorize the vehicle start.
CAUTION
●Some smartphone and wearable
device models do not support NFC
digital keys.
CAUTION
●NFC key card is an
electronic product. The following
instructions must be observed
to prevent function failure of or
damage to the card:
●Do not place the NFC card in the
charging area when the wireless
charger is on (SeeP173).
●Do not attach any objects (such
as a metal seal, and metal
phone back shell) which cut
off electromagnetic wave signals
when using the card.
●Do not place the NFC card
in a position exposed to high
temperature, such as on the
dashboard.
●Do not bend the card with force.
●Do not place the card with other
hard objects.
●NFC key cards use near-
field communication technology,
requiring a detection distance of
less than 2 cm. Hold your NFC
card close to the side mirror for
1-2 seconds.
●It is recommended to carry the
NFC card at all times to avoid
situations where you may be
unable to use the vehicle due to
loss or malfunction of your phone
or smart key.
●The NFC smart card is a key
configured for the vehicle based
on the near field communication
method. In order to ensure vehicle
safety, handle it with care. If it
is lost, go to a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for
blocking of the lost card and re-
configuration is recommended.
Locking/Unlocking with Smart Key
Halaman 49
Locking/Unlocking Doors
Locking/Unlocking with Mechanical
Key
Pull the driver's door handle, insert
the mechanical key into the grooves
respectively as shown, and pry the snap
upward with a little force to open the lock
hole cover.
Release the handle, insert the key into the
key hole on the driver's door handle, turn
and remove the key, and pull the door
handle to open the door.
●Unlock the driver's door: Turn the key
clockwise.
●Lock the driver's door: Turn the key
counterclockwise.
CAUTION
●After removing the mechanical
key, pull the driver's door handle
to open the door.
Opening with Interior Door Handle
●When the vehicle is unlocked, pull the
handle once to open the door from
inside the vehicle.
●When the vehicle is locked, pull the
handle twice to open the door from
inside the vehicle.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
WARNING
●Do not allow children to play with
the door handle, so as to avoid
the door opening while driving.
●If there are children in the vehicle,
make sure to enable the child
protection lock function.
CAUTION
●As this vehicle is equipped with
a child protection lock, the rear
doors can only be opened with
the interior door handle when the
child protection lock is disabled.
Locking/Unlocking with Smart Key
●The wireless remote control is used
to unlock or lock all doors at a close
distance, and complete additional
functions.
●When you enter the active area while
carrying a registered smart key, press
the button on the smart key slowly and
firmly to lock or unlock all doors.
Locking/Unlocking with Microswitch
Halaman 50
Locking:
●When all the doors and the hood are
closed, press the lock button to lock
all the doors. If the vehicle is powered
off, the side mirrors will fold (Auto-
Fold is enabled on the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Vehicle Settings
→ Comfortable Use → Side Mirror
Auto Fold) with turn signals flashing
once. If the ignition has not been
switched off, the side mirrors will not
fold, the turn signals will not flash,
and the alarm will sound once. Check
whether all doors are securely locked.
●If a door, the hood or the trunk is not
closed, the turn signals will not flash,
and the horn will sound once.
Unlocking:
●Press the unlock button to unlock all
the doors at the same time. The turn
signals flash twice.
●When you unlock all doors with the
smart key, even if no door is opened,
the interior lights (the DOOR function
can be activated for the front interior
lights) will stay on for 15 seconds and
then go out.
●If the anti-theft alarm system is armed,
open any door within 30 seconds
after unlocking with the smart key.
Otherwise, all the doors will lock
automatically.
●If the key is in the vehicle when
the doors are closed and locked, the
vehicle will unlock automatically and
the turn signals will flash twice.
Finding the Vehicle with Smart Key
●When the vehicle is in anti-theft mode,
press the lock button. The vehicle
sounds a long beep and turn signals
flash 15 times. Use this function to
locate the vehicle when it cannot be
found.
●When the vehicle is in car search
mode, press the lock button again.
The vehicle enters the next car search
mode.
Raising/Lowering Windows with Smart
Key
●When the ignition is switched off:
●Press and hold the lock button on the
smart key to raise the four windows.
●Press and hold the unlock button
on the smart key to lower the four
windows.
●To enable or disable key unlock/
lock/closing window functions, go
to infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle → Locks. (Configurations of
the actual vehicle prevail.)
WARNING
●When using the remote control
function to raise windows, pay
attention to the safety of
occupants in the vehicle, and use
this function only after making
sure the windows are clear from
pinching anyone.
Locking/Unlocking with Microswitch
Locking
Locking/Unlocking the Trunk
Halaman 51
●With the doors closed but not
locked, press the microswitch on
the front door handle while carrying
the smart key. All the doors are
locked. If the vehicle is powered
off, the side mirrors will fold (Go
to infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle → Comfortable Use → Side
Mirror Auto Fold) with turn signals
flashing once. If the ignition has not
been switched off, the side mirrors will
not fold, the turn signals will not flash,
and the alarm will sound once.
●If a door, the hood or the trunk lid is
not closed, pressing the microswitch
will still lock the closed doors, but the
horn will only sound once, and the turn
signals will not flash.
Unlocking
●When doors are locked, press the
microswitch ① on the front door
handle while carrying the smart key
into the activated area. All doors
unlock and turn signals flash twice.
●When doors are locked, press the
microswitch ② on the sliding door
handle while carrying the valid smart
key. All doors unlock, the sliding
door on the corresponding side opens
completely, and turn signals flash
twice.
●If the anti-theft alarm system is armed,
open a door within 30 seconds after
the unlocking, or all doors will relock
automatically.
●Pressing the microswitch does not
work if:
●This is performed while a door is
being opened or closed.
●The smart key is left in the vehicle.
REMINDER
●If the smart key is too close to an
exterior door handle or window,
it may not be possible to activate
the entry function.
03
Raising/Lowering Windows with
Microswitch
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●When the ignition is switched off,
press and hold the microswitch while
carrying the smart key to roll up
or down all windows. (To enable
or disable this function, go to the
infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle → Locks.)
Locking/Unlocking the Trunk
Opening/Closing trunk with smart key
Double-click the trunk opening button
on the smart key, and the turn signals
will flash twice. Press this button again
to stop opening. Then double press it to
close the trunk.
Locking/Unlocking the Trunk
Halaman 52
REMINDER
●If the trunk release button is
pressed again while the lid is in
motion, it will stop at its current
position.
Opening/Closing the trunk from inside
the vehicle*
●When the trunk lid is closed, press
the switch ①, and there are three
situations:
1. Unlock the vehicle, and the lid will
automatically unlock and open to
the set height (maximum height by
default).
2. With vehicle locked and powered off,
no operation is made on the trunk lid.
3. When the vehicle is locked and
powered on, a reminder is displayed
on the infotainment touchscreen if no
operation is made on the trunk lid. You
can confirm whether to open the trunk
on the screen.
●While the trunk lid is opening, pull this
switch① again to freeze it in place.
●When the trunk is open, press the
switch ②, the lid closes automatically.
●While the trunk lid is closing, press this
switch ② again to freeze it in place.
REMINDER
●If the vehicle speed is greater than
0.5 km/h, pressing ① button is
useless.
Opening the trunk with exterior switch
●With the vehicle unlocked, press the
exterior trunk switch to open the
trunk.
●With the vehicle locked, unlock the
vehicle with the smart key and press
the exterior switch to open the trunk.
REMINDER
●If the switch is pressed again while
the lid is in motion, it will stop at
its current position.
Closing the trunk automatically*
●When the trunk lid is open and
stationary, press this button to close
the lid.
●Press thsi button again to stop the
lid at the current position. Press this
button again to have the lid move in
the opposite direction.
Emergency Trunk Release
Halaman 53
Vehicle lock button*
When the ignition is off and the trunk
is open, pressing the lock switch while
carrying a valid smart key closes the
trunk, locks the entire vehicle, and arms
the anti-theft alarm system.
Closing the trunk manually*
When the vehicle is unlocked, the trunk
can be closed manually.
CAUTION
●Before closing the trunk
electronically, make sure doors,
windows and sunroof are properly
closed.
Emergency Trunk Release
There is an emergency unlocking cover
just above the trunk lock. Open the cover
and pull the emergency unlocking rope or
lever to open the trunk in an emergency.
REMINDER
●When the vehicle is powered off,
the trunk can be unlocked from
the inside in case of emergency.
Setting trunk opening height*
●Open the trunk manually or
automatically to the desired position,
keep it at this position, and then press
and hold the interior trunk button
for over three seconds. The speaker
sounds for one second, indicating that
the opening height is successfully set
to the current position.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●Set the trunk opening height by going
to the infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle → Locks.
Anti-pinch function
The trunk will open or stop moving if
it contacts any obstacle while closing or
opening.
When the trunk fails to act
automatically
Manually and completely close the trunk
for recovery.
When reconnecting the low-voltage
battery
Manually close the trunk to ensure the
power trunk lid functions normally.
WARNING
●In order to prevent serious
injury, make sure to observe the
following precautions:
●Never try to deliberately activate
the anti-pinch function.
●Make sure to alert people nearby
of the lid motion.
Emergency Vehicle Locking with Mechanical Key
Halaman 54
WARNING
●Make sure hands and fingers are
clear from the lid area when it is
closing.
●Make sure the surrounding area
is safe when opening or closing
the trunk.
●Make sure the trunk is properly
closed when the vehicle is in
motion.
●Make sure to remove any ice
or snow from the area before
opening the boot, otherwise the
lid may close again.
●Do not manually interfere in lid
motion when it is opening or
closing.
●Be mindful of windy conditions
when opening or closing the
trunk.
●The anti-pinch function may fail
to work if an object is caught
right before the trunk is fully
closed.
●The lid may start closing
before fully opening. Opening
or closing the trunk on slopes
is more difficult than on level
ground. Be mindful of the
possibility of the lid to move
on its own in such conditions.
Before loading or unloading the
trunk, make sure the lid is fully
open and secure.
●The anti-pinch function may fail
depending on the object shape.
Be especially careful about hand
and fingers.
Locking/Unlocking with Central
Locking
Locking or unlocking the vehicle with
the central locking
See P76.
Locking or unlocking doors
automatically
●All doors automatically lock at vehicle
speeds above 8 km/h.
●Press the START/STOP button to switch
the ignition off. Then, all doors are
unlocked automatically.
Locking/unlocking all doors
concurrently
●With the anti-theft alarm system
disarmed, the backlight of the central
lock button turns on if the vehicle
is locked and off if the vehicle is
unlocked.
●Pressing the central lock button locks
all doors so that any attempt to open
any door from the outside fails. At this
time, pull the interior handle to unlock
a door and pull a second time to open
it.
REMINDER
●All doors unlock automatically
when the vehicle suffers a strong
impact, depending on the impact
intensity and accident type.
Emergency Vehicle Locking with
Mechanical Key
When the central locking system or the
smart key fails, use the mechanical key
for emergency locking or unlocking.
Locking
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
smart key.
Opening/Closing the Sliding Door from Outside
Halaman 55
2. Open all doors other than the driver's
door and move down the slider with
the mechanical key as shown. You can
then lock the doors by closing the
them.
3. After locking the three doors, open the
driver's door.
4. Insert the mechanical key into the
keyhole, turn it counterclockwise as
far as it can go, return it to the initial
position and pull it out. (See P49 in
this Chapter).
5. Release the handle and close the
driver's door.
6. Check whether all doors are securely
locked.
Unlocking
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
smart key.
2. Insert the mechanical key into the
keyhole, turn it clockwise as far as it
can go, return it to the initial position
and pull it out.
3. Release the door handle and pull it
again to open the driver's door.
4. Pull the interior handle twice to unlock
the other three doors.
Power Sliding Doors
Opening/Closing the Sliding Door from
Outside
The vehicle is unlocked with the anti-theft
alarm system disarmed:
●Press the microswitch on the power
sliding door to open/close it.
●Pull the door handle to open/close the
power sliding door.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Opening/Closing the sliding door with
smart key
●When the sliding doors are closed,
double-press the sliding door opening/
closing button on the smart key, and
the door on the corresponding side
opens.
●When the sliding doors are open,
double-press the sliding door opening/
closing button on the smart key, and
the door on the corresponding side
closes.
REMINDER
●When the sliding doors stop,
double-press the sliding door
button on the key, and the doors
move in the opposite direction.
When the doors are moving, press
the button to stop them.
●When the sliding doors are
locked, press the microswitch
Opening/Closing the Sliding Door from Inside
Halaman 56
REMINDER
when carrying the smart key to
unlock all doors and open the
sliding doors.
●When the sliding doors are
unlocked, press the microswitch
without the smart key to open the
sliding doors.
●When the sliding doors are
moving, pressing the microswitch
stops the doors. Press it again or
pull the handle, the doors move in
the opposite direction.
●The sliding doors cannot open
completely when part of the
window (>20%) has been rolled
down.
Opening/Closing the Sliding Door from
Inside
Opening/Closing the power sliding
door
The sliding door power switch buttons
are on the auxiliary dashboard. The left
button controls the opening/closing of
the left sliding door; the right button
controls the opening/closing of the right
sliding door.
The vehicle is unlocked with the anti-theft
alarm system disarmed:
●Press the sliding door switch ② on the
gearshift panel, and the door opens
automatically with intermittent beeps.
Press ① or ② to stop the sliding door.
Similarly, press the corresponding
switch again to open or close the
sliding door.
●Press the sliding door switch ① on the
gearshift panel, and the door closes
automatically with intermittent beeps.
Press ① or ② to stop the sliding door.
Similarly, press the corresponding
switch again to continue opening or
closing.
CAUTION
●When the sliding door is opening/
closing automatically, the motor
may stop running in case of strong
signal interference. After leaving
the interference environment, use
the door handle to close the
sliding door, and the vehicle
resumes the automatic operations
after locating the door.
Interior door handle
●Operate the door handle in the
direction of ① to open the power
sliding door.
●Operate the door handle in the
direction of ② to close the power
sliding door.
●When the sliding doors are moving,
operate the door handle to stop the
door.
Dynamic Protection of the Power Sliding Door
Halaman 57
Sliding door locking block
●Move the sliding block on the inside
of the side door like ①, and the
sliding door will be locked. At this
time, the gray part of the block faces
outward, and the door cannot be
opened with the interior door handle
and the button on the infotainment
touchscreen.
●Move the sliding block on the inside of
the side door like ②, and the sliding
door will be unlocked. At this time, the
red part of the block faces outward,
and the door can be opened with the
power switch, the interior door handle,
and the button on the infotainment
touchscreen.
Anti-pinch function
●During closing, if the sliding door
detects an obstacle which interferes
with the closing, the anti-pinch
function will be triggered with speaker
alarms, and the sliding door will stop
and move backward by 10 cm.
●During opening, if the sliding door
detects an obstacle which interferes
with the opening, the anti-pinch
function will be triggered with speaker
alarms, and the sliding door will close
slightly and then stop.
Dynamic protection of the sliding door
●When the vehicle speed is above 3
km/h, the sliding door cannot continue
to open, but can only close, and the
speaker gives a short alarm.
03
●When the vehicle speed is above
3 km/h and the sliding door is
not completely closed, the speaker
continuously gives alarms to remind
you to close the door.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
REMINDER
●When the charge port door/fuel
filler cap is opened, the sliding
door of the corresponding side
fails to move automatically and
can be opened/closed manually.
When opening the sliding door
manually, the mechanical block
will prevent the door from being
completely opened to avoid
interference with the charge
port/fuel filler cap. When the
charge port door/fuel filler cap
is closed, the sliding door of the
corresponding side resumes its
automatic operation.
●When the sliding door is locked,
its automatic opening and closing
function will be disabled.
●When function is disabled,
the corresponding power-assisted
attraction function will be
retained. When the sliding door is
half closed, the power attraction
function is still triggered to ensure
the complete closing of the sliding
door.
Active Area
Halaman 58
REMINDER
●Do not switch the power sliding
door on/off on the ramp to
prevent accidents caused by the
sudden loss of power of the
sliding door. If it happens, to
avoid the danger caused by
sudden movement of the sliding
door, the speed protection mode
will be activated until the door is
fully opened/closed.
●If you want to open the sliding
door, it can only be closed and
locked with attraction with the
vehicle locked.
●When the sliding door is opened/
closed, or the anti-pinch function
is enabled, the speaker gives
alarms.
Smart Access and Start
System
Use the smart key to unlock or lock the
vehicle doors and start the vehicle.
Access
Use the smart key to unlock or lock the
vehicle doors. (see P49 in this chapter.)
Start-up
With the smart key inside, press the brake
pedal and the START/STOP button to start
the vehicle (see P110 for details).
Antenna Positions
① Interior antenna
② Exterior antenna
Active Area
The smart access and start functions take
effect only when the registered smart key
is within the active area.
① Active area of the access function:
about one meter from the front door
handle and the exterior trunk switch.
② Active area of the start function: inside
the cabin.
If another smart key is near this vehicle's
smart key, unlocking may take longer
than usual, which is normal.
REMINDER
In the following situation, smart
access and start system may not
work normally:
●There is a strong electromagnetic
field nearby, such as TV towers,
power stations, and broadcasting
stations.
Child Protection Lock
Halaman 59
REMINDER
●The smart key is being carried
along with a communication
device, such as a two-way radio or
mobile phone.
●The smart key is in contact with or
covered by a metal object.
●The door handle is operated too
quickly.
●Another wireless remote control
function is being used nearby.
●When the smart key battery runs
out.
●The smart key is close to high-
voltage equipment or equipment
that produces noise.
●The smart key is being carried
along with another smart key or
radio-wave-emitting device.
●Even within the active area, the
smart key may not work properly
in certain locations, for example,
on the dashboard, in the glove
box, or on the floor.
●If the smart access system is not
working properly and it is impossible
to enter the vehicle, the mechanical
key can be used to lock/unlock the
driver's door, or the wireless remote
control function can be used to lock/
unlock all doors.
●Pressing the START/STOP button may
not enable the start function due to:
●If the electronic smart key does not
work, the smart key system warning
indicator on the combination
instrument flashes, and the message
"Low key battery" is displayed on
the information display screen in
the middle of the combination
instrument, indicating that the key
battery may have run out.
●If the smart access and start system
cannot work properly due to system
failures, bring all smart keys to a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for repair.
Saving battery power
●The smart key communicates with the
vehicle even when the vehicle is not
running. Therefore, do not leave the
smart key in the vehicle or within two
meters from the vehicle.
03
●Receiving strong electromagnetic
waves for a long time drains the
battery of the smart key quickly. The
smart key must be kept at least one
meter away from electrical equipment
that generates a magnetic field, such
as the following devices:
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●TVs
●PCs
●Wireless telephone chargers
●Electroliers
●Fluorescent desk lamps
Child Protection Lock
Child protection locks are designed to
prevent children in rear seats from
accidentally opening rear doors. Such
locks are provided on the sides of the left
and right rear doors.
Activating the child protection lock
●Toggle the switch as the arrow②
indicates to activate child protection
lock, then the door cannot be opened
from inside the vehicle. Use the
exterior door handle to open this door.
Deactivating the child protection lock
●Move the latch in the direction of
arrow① to turn off the child protection
lock. The door can be opened from
inside the vehicle.
Instructions for Seats
Halaman 60
WARNING
●Before driving, especially when
a child is in the vehicle, ensure
that the doors are closed and the
child protection lock function is
enabled.
●Proper use of seat belts and
activation of child protection lock
helps prevent the driver and
passengers from being thrown out
of the vehicle in an accident, and
also prevents a door from being
opened accidentally.
●After the child protection lock
is locked, doors cannot be
opened from inside the car,
and the window switch for the
corresponding rear door cannot
be used to raise or lower the
window.
Seats
Seat Precautions
When the vehicle is moving, all
passengers in the vehicle must fasten
their seat belts, and rest their backs
upright against the seatback.
WARNING
●Do not drive the vehicle until
occupants are seated properly.
●Sitting on a folded seatback or
on cargo is prohibited. Improper
seating position or improperly
fastened seat belts can result in
severe personal injury in case of
emergency braking or a collision.
●It is prohibited to stand or move
around the seats when driving,
or passengers may get injured in
case of emergency braking or a
collision.
CAUTION
●Adjust the driver's seat so that
the pedals, steering wheel, and
dashboard controls are all within
the driver's easy control.
REMINDER
●Do not adjust the seat while
the vehicle is in motion, as
unpredictable seat movement can
cause the loss of vehicle control at
this time.
●While adjusting a seat, do not let
it hit against any passenger or the
luggage.
●After manually adjusting the seat,
always check that it is securely
locked into place by attempting to
push it forward and backward.
●After adjusting the seatback, lean
back to confirm the seatback has
been locked.
●Do not place any items under
the seats. The driver may lose
control of the vehicle because
items placed there affect the
Adjusting Front Seat with Power
Halaman 61
REMINDER
seat locking mechanism or
accidentally push up the seat
position adjustment lever, causing
the seat to move suddenly.
●When adjusting the seat, do not
place your hand under the seat
or near its operating parts, to
prevent being crushed.
Adjusting Front Seats
Adjusting front seat with power
Power front seat adjustment include
adjustment of seat position, cushion
height, cushion angle*, and seatback
angle. Choose the following methods
according to the actual configuration of
your vehicle.
①Seat position adjustment switch
●Move the seat position adjustment
switch back or forth to slide the seat
backward or forward.
●Move the front end of the switch up or
down to adjust the seat base angle.
●Move the rear end of the switch up or
down to adjust the height of the seat
cushion.
②Seatback angle adjustment switch
●Toggle the seatback angle adjustment
switch front and back to adjust the
seat back angle.
REMINDER
●Releasing the switch stops the
seat in this position. Do not
place anything under the seat as
this may prevent the seat from
operating.
03
Adjusting the lumbar support
The seatback profile can be adjusted to
fit the curvature of the occupant's lumbar
spine.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●Press the front or rear portion of the
switch to increase or decrease the
curvature.
●Press the upper or lower portion of the
switch to extend the curvature up or
down.
Front passenger seat adjustment by
second-row seat passengers
●With the ignition on, adjust the front
passenger seat on the seat armrest
screen.
REMINDER
●With the vehicle powered on, the
second-row armrest screens do
not light up automatically. Touch
the screens twice to wake them
up.
Adjusting Second-Row Seats
Halaman 62
REMINDER
●To adjust the seat, select the
target seat on the screen.
Memory System*
Memory switch position
The memory system switch is located
on the infotainment touchscreen. Two
driving positions can be recorded into
memory.
Setting function
●Memory setting conditions
●The ignition has been switched on
and the vehicle speed is zero.
●The driver's seat and side mirrors
have been adjusted to the desired
positions.
●No operation is made on the driver's
seat and side mirrors.
Memory setting method
●Memory setting in OK mode
●Press and hold either "1" or "2" on
the seat memory setting interface.
Then the positions of the seats and
side mirrors will be recorded, and the
memory setting finishes.
●Press either "1" or "2" on the seat
memory setting screen. Then the
memory systems of seats and side
mirrors will perform memory wake-
up.
●If the position button on the memory
switch has already been set, the
position set will be overwritten.
Memory wake-up function
Memory wake-up function with the
ignition on
●With the gearshift lever in the "P"
position, the driver's seat and side
mirrors memory systems will perform
memory wake-up when the memory
system switch is pressed if the
following conditions are met:
●The anti-theft alarm system has
disarmed.
●The vehicle speed is zero.
●Memory switch signals are valid.
●No operation is made on the driver's
seat and side mirrors.
Adjusting Second-Row
Seats
Second-row seat adjustment includes
position adjustment, seatback angle
adjustment, lumbar support adjustment,
massage adjustment, and leg support
adjustment. Choose the following
methods according to the actual
configuration of your vehicle.
1. Seat position adjustment switch
●Tap the position adjustment button
on the seat armrest screen to move
the seat backward or forward.
2. Seatback angle adjustment switch
●Tap the seatback angle adjustment
button on the seat armrest screen to
adjust the seatback angle.
3. Adjusting the Lumbar Support
The seatback profile can be adjusted
to fit the curvature of the occupant's
lumbar spine. To allow you and your
occupants to sit in the seats in a
correct and relaxed manner, the seat
support should support the occupants'
lumbar spine.
●Tap the lumbar support adjustment
button on the seat armrest screen to
increase or decrease the curvature.
Adjusting Rear Seats
Halaman 63
●Tap the lumbar support adjustment
button on the seat armrest screen to
extend the curvature up or down.
4. Seat massage
●Tap the massage button on the seat
armrest screen to start or stop the
massage.
5. Leg support adjustment
●The leg support can be adjusted
to the proper position on the seat
armrest screen.
●Reset
●Press the seat side buttons to return
the seatback and leg support to their
original angles.
Adjusting Rear Seats
Adjusting seatback angle
●Passengers can adjust the the seatback
angle through the cord on the seat
side.
●Pull up the seat side adjustment cord,
and lean back or forward to adjust the
seatback angle. Release it when you
have found the desired position.
Folding the seatback flat
03
●Straighten the seatback and pull the
handle of the cord to unlock the
seatback.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●Push the seatback forward/backward
to fold it. You can fold the seatback
forward until the back touches the
cushion, or you can fold it backward
until reaching the locking position
(with a locking click).
Adjusting forward and backwards
Method One
●Adjustment handles are behind the
seat.
●Open the trunk lid to adjust seat
position with the handle.
Adjusting Front-Seat Head Supports
Halaman 64
Method Two
●Move the adjustment handle on the
front side of the seat to adjust seat
position.
CAUTION
●Pay attention to the followings
when folding the seats:
●Do not put the seatback down
with the vehicle running.
●Do not fold the seats with the
vehicle running.
●Occupants should be careful
when accessing the third-row
seats to avoid hitting feet.
●Make sure the second-row seats
are fully locked before driving.
●The seatback adjustment handle
and folding cord cannot be
operated at the same time.
Straighten the seatback and
CAUTION
reset the cord if there is a mis-
operation.
Head Supports
Adjusting Front-Seat Head Supports
Adjusting Front-Seat Head Supports*
1. Lifting a head support
Lift the head support in the direction
of its post until it is in the appropriate
position, and then release it until a
locking sound is heard.
2. Lowering a head support
Press and hold the head support
adjustment button, lower the head
support to a proper position, slightly
adjust the head support, and release
the button after hearing a locking
sound.
Removing front-seat head supports*
●Configuration 1*
1. Removing a head support
Press and hold the head support
adjustment button, remove the head
support, and release the button.
2. Installing a head support
Insert the head support post into
the bushing with the grooves facing
Adjusting Middle and Rear Seat Head Supports
Halaman 65
forward. Press the head support
adjustment button, push down the
head support to a proper position, and
then release the button.
●Configuration 2*
1. Lifting a head support
Hold the adjustment button on the left
and raises the head support to the
topmost position.
2. Unlocking one post
Keep holding the adjustment button,
and use a needle whose diameter is
slightly less than 2 mm against the
small round hole of plastic trim cover
under the head support. Then, pull up
one rod until the rod slot is exposed.
3. Unlocking the other post
Repeat step two to unlock the other
rod.
4. Removing a head support
Pull the head support upward until it is
fully detached from the seatback.
Adjusting head support flanks*
●Move the head support flanks
manually to adjust their the wrapping,
so that the head support fits the head
better, thus increasing comfort. Press
the flanks to restore them to their
original state when not in use.
Adjusting Middle and Rear Seat Head
Supports
Adjusting second-row seat head
supports
The second-row head supports can be
moved up/down or forward/backward,
and their flanks can also be adjusted.
The second-row head supports cannot be
removed.
●Lifting a head support
03
●Lift the head support in the direction
of its post until it is in the appropriate
position, and then release it until a
locking sound is heard.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●Lowering a head support
●Press and hold the head support
adjustment button, lower the head
support to a proper position, and
release the button after hearing a
locking sound.
●Angle adjustment
●Move the lower head support up
to adjust the support forward and
backward, so that the head support
fits the head better, thus increasing
comfort. Adjust the head support
forward to its limit position when
not in use, and it will return to the
original state.
●Flank angle adjustment
●The way to adjust the flank angle
of second-row head supports is the
Adjusting Middle and Rear Seat Head Supports
Halaman 66
same as that of the front-seat head
supports.
Adjusting a third-row seat head
support
●Lifting a head support
●Lift the head support in the direction
of its post until it is in the appropriate
position, and then release it until a
locking sound is heard.
●Lowering a head support
●Press and hold the head support
adjustment button, lower the head
support to a proper position, slightly
adjust the head support, and release
the button after hearing a locking
sound.
●Removing a head support
●Press and hold the head support
adjustment button, remove the head
support, and release the button.
●Installing a head support
●Insert the head support post into
the bushing with the grooves facing
forward. Press the head support
adjustment button, push down the
head support to a proper position,
and then release the button.
REMINDER
●Head supports protect vehicle
occupants from head and neck
injuries. Adjust the head support
so that its center aligns with
the back of your head for
maximum protection. Adjust the
head support to the proper
position based on your actual
height.
●When adjusting head support
height, align the occupant's ear
tip line with the center line of the
head support.
●After adjusting the head support,
ensure that it is locked into
position.
●Do not drive the vehicle without
head supports.
●Do not attach any objects to the
head support levers.
Steering Wheel Switches
Halaman 67
Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel
Steering Wheel Switches
1
Panoramic view button
2
Custom button
3
Distance - button
4
Distance + button
5
ACC button
6
Lever
7
ICC button
Left-hand buttons
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
●Turns the ACC system on or off.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
8
Call button
9
Speech recognition button
10
Right button
11
Scroll button
12
Left button
13
Mode button
14
Instrument cluster/Back button
Steering Wheel Switches
Halaman 68
REMINDER
●For instructions on using cruise
control, see P117.
Lever
●Reset /+: Activates the adaptive cruise
control (ACC) system and uses the
previous system settings.
●Settings /-: Sets the current speed to
the target cruise speed.
Distance - button
●Reduces the distance from the vehicle
ahead by one notch when the ACC
function is enabled. A total of four
notches are available.
Distance + button
●Increases the distance by one notch
when the ACC function is enabled. A
total of four notches are available.
ICC button
●Press this button to enable or disable
ICC system.
Panoramic view button
●Press this button to enable or disable
the panoramic view system.
Custom button
●When the custom button is not
customized to a function, press and
hold it to enter the custom interface;
when it is customized, press it to
activate the function, or press and hold
it to go to the custom screen, where
you can re-customize or cancel.
Right-hand buttons
Scroll button
●Adjusting infotainment system volume
when the instrument cluster is not in
menu mode:
●Roll the button upward to increase
the volume. The button is non-
operational when the volume
reaches the highest.
●Roll the button downward to
decrease the volume. The button is
non-operational when the volume
reaches the lowest.
●Press down the button to mute.
●When the instrument cluster is in menu
mode:
●Roll the button upward to select the
upper level-2 or level-3 menu items.
●Roll the button downward to select
the lower level-2 or level-3 menu
items.
●Press down the button to go to
the next-level menu or confirm the
current setting.
REMINDER
●The infotainment system is muted
once the instrument cluster is set
to the menu mode. To adjust
infotainment system volume, exit
the instrument cluster menu
mode first.
Left/Right button
●When the infotainment system is in
radio mode:
●Press the
button to play the
previous radio station.
●Press the
button to play the next
radio station.
●When the infotainment system is in
Universal Serial Bus (USB)/Bluetooth
music/third-party music app/other
modes:
●Press the
button to play the
previous track (track number -1).
Steering Wheel Switches
Halaman 69
●Press the
button to select a
record upward on the Bluetooth call
record or phonebook screen.
●Press the
button to play the next
track (track number +1).
●Press the
button to select a
record downward on the Bluetooth
call record or phonebook screen.
●In the menu mode:
●Press the
button to switch to
level-1 menu and its submenus on
the left.
●Press the
button to switch to
level-1 menu and its submenus on
the right.
Call button
●Press this button to make or receive a
call (the audio system is muted at the
same time).
●When a Bluetooth-unrelated screen is
currently displayed, press this button
to switch to the phone selection screen
if Bluetooth is disconnected, or to the
Dial screen if Bluetooth is connected.
●After entering a phone number on the
Dial screen or selecting a record on the
Call Log or Contacts screen, press this
button to dial the number.
●When Bluetooth is connected, but no
phone number is entered on the Dial
screen, press this button to switch to
the Call Log screen. Press this button
again to call the first dialed number on
the call history.
Voice recognition button
●Press this button for the infotainment
touchscreen to switch to the voice
recognition screen.
●After exiting the DENZA Assistant, press
this button again to re-enter a voice
command.
Instrument cluster/Back
●When the instrument cluster is not
in the menu mode, press Instrument
cluster/Back to show the instrument
cluster menu.
●When the instrument cluster is in menu
mode, press this button to return to
the upper-level screen, or to exit the
menu if there is no upper-level screen.
03
●When on the Bluetooth call screen,
press this button to end the call.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Mode button
●Selecting a mode: Press the Mode
button to switch between media apps,
peripherals, and pre-installed third-
party audio/video apps.
●If speakers are turned off, press this
button to turn them on and enter the
memory playback mode, or switch
to the radio mode if there is no
playback source (for example, no
external audio equipment) in the
memory playback mode.
Horn button
●Press the horn button area to honk the
horn, and release to stop honking.
CAUTION
●Avoid pressing honking for too
long, as the horn may be
damaged.
REMINDER
●Observe the traffic laws and use
the horn properly.
Light Switches
Halaman 70
Adjusting the Steering Wheel Manually
To adjust the steering wheel position,
hold it and operate as follows:
●Press the steering wheel adjustment
handle, move the steering wheel to
the desired angle, or adjust it to the
desired axial position, and restore the
handle to the locked position.
WARNING
●Never adjust the steering wheel
while driving, as this is under risk
of impaired vehicle control, which
can lead to accidents.
●After adjusting the steering wheel,
move it up and down to verify that
it is securely locked.
Power-Assisted Steering Mode Settings
●The feel of steering assistance varies
from person to person, and so do the
evaluation and needs for this feel.
●Choose Comfort/Sport steering mode
by going to the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Vehicle →
Intelligent Chassis → Steering Mode.
REMINDER
●Setting the power steering to
sport mode is suggested if the
steering wheel feels light when
REMINDER
the vehicle is running at a high
speed.
Switches
Light Switches
Set the light switch to
to turn off all
lights except for daytime running lights.
When the daytime light feature is enabled
on the infotainment touchscreen, the
daytime running lights are on; and when
this feature is disabled, the daytime
running lights turn off.
Auto lights
Set the light switch to
. The
body control module (BCM) captures the
brightness data from the light intensity
sensor to automatically turn the position
lights and low beam on or off.
Light Switches
Halaman 71
REMINDER
●The light intensity sensor is
located on the top of the
windshield. Do not block the
sensor or let anything splash on it.
Position lights
Set the light switch to
to turn on
position lights and license plate light.
Low beam
Set the light switch to
to turn on the
low beam.
Rear fog lights
Set the light switch to
and rotate the
fog light dial to
to turn on rear fog
lights.
High beam
03
Set the light switch to
and push the
light switch lever down (away from the
steering wheel) to turn on the high beam,
push down again to turn it off.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Overtaking light
Pull up the lever (toward the steering
wheel) to turn on the overtaking light.
Release the lever for the light switch to
automatically reset. The overtaking light
turns off.
Turn signals
Light Switches
Halaman 72
●Push up the lever to signal right turn.
The right turn signal and its indicator
on the instrument cluster flash.
●Pull down the lever to signal left turn.
The left turn signal and its indicator on
the instrument cluster flash.
CAUTION
●Once turned on, turn signals
continue flashing even after the
handle is released. They will
turn off after the vehicle goes
around the bend. Depending
on the driver's habit, the turn
signal will reset after the vehicle
turns around under some extreme
conditions.
Auto light off
●Conditions to activate the auto light off
function: To activate this function, set
the light switch to
or
and
switch off the vehicle power.
●When the auto light off function
is activated, the headlights, position
lights, rear fog lights, and high beams
turn off in 10 seconds if the driver's
door is closed.
●When the auto light off function
is activated, the headlights, position
lights, rear fog lights, and high beams
turn off in 10 minutes if the driver's
door is open.
●After the lights turn off automatically,
if the light status changes, these lights
come on in the new status. If the
conditions to activate the auto light off
function are still met, the function is
activated again.
●Disabling of the auto light off function:
When the vehicle is powered on, the
auto light off function is disabled,
and the light switch can be operated
normally.
●If the auto light off function has turned
off the lights and the anti-theft alarm
system has been armed, disarming the
alarm system makes the lights come
on again automatically. If the driver's
door remains closed, the lights go off
again after 10 seconds. But if any door
is open, it turns off the light in 10
minutes.
Advanced turn-on/delayed turn-off
(Follow me home) of headlights and the
dynamic greeting functions*
●Delayed turn-off of headlights:
●When the combination switch is
turned to "
","
"or "
" and you are about to leave the
vehicle and set the power mode
to "OFF", execute the "Follow me
home" function, corresponding lights
will light up for 10s (or a set time),
show the welcome light and then
light off.
●Advanced turn-on of headlights:
●When the combination switch is
turned to "
","
"or "
" and you approach and unlock the
vehicle to execute the "Follow me
home" function, corresponding lights
will light up for 10s (or a set time).
Front Windshield Wipers and Washer
Halaman 73
CAUTION
●The time for the advanced
turn-on/delayed turn-off of the
headlights is 10s by default,
but you can change it in the
infotainment interface.
●The dynamic greeting function
only works when the trunk, hood
and four doors are closed.
Wiper Switch
Front Windshield Wipers and Washer
●Push up or pull down the lever to
change the mode. It has five modes:
: Fast.
●
: Slow.
●
: Auto/Intermittent Wipers
●
: Wiper OFF
●
: Point-wiping (pulling down the
●
and the wipers wipe
at a low speed until you release the
lever).
lever from
Auto/Intermittent wipers
●The rain sensor automatically controls
the operation mode of wipers based on
the rainfall, and it is located in front
of the interior rearview mirror on the
front windshield inside the vehicle.
●To use the auto wiper function,
turn the wiper switch to the
automatic mode and go to the
infotainment touchscreen
Vehicle
→ Comfortable Use.
●To use the intermittent wiper function,
turn the wiper switch to the automatic
mode, and disable auto wiper on
the infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle → Comfortable Use.
03
●Turn the knob to change the rain
sensor sensitivity based on real-time
rain conditions. A total of four levels
are available.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●Up: Reduce rain sensor sensitivity.
●Down: Increase rain sensor
sensitivity.
●Enable or disable the auto wiper
by going to the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Vehicle →
Comfortable Use → Auto Wiper.
The wipers enter the intermittent
mode after the automatic mode
is deactivated. Turn the sensitivity
adjustment knob to determine the
wiping intervals. The narrower the rain
bar, the longer the intervals.
Front windshield washer
●To clean the front windshield, pull the
switch lever backward (towards the
steering wheel) so that the washer
Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer
Halaman 74
sprays washing fluid and the wipers
operate.
●When the stick is released, or when it
is held for over 10 seconds, the washer
spray stops, and the wipers stop after
operating for 1–2 cycles.
Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer
●Set the wiper switch to
to activate
the rear windshield wiper; set it to
or open the trunk to stop the wiper.
●Set the wiper switch to
to activate
the rear windshield wiper and washer
simultaneously.
●Set the wiper switch to
and release
it. The wiper will operate once or twice
after washing fluid has been sprayed.
Link between rear wiper and trunk
●The wiper/washer won't work with the
trunk opened and the vehicle powered
on. If the wiper is working and the
trunk is opened, it will stop and
resume operation five seconds after
the trunk is closed. If the front wiper
is operating and the gear is shifted
to "R", the rear wiper will operate
intermittently.
CAUTION
●Do not operate the washer for
over 10 seconds, or when the
washer fluid tank is empty,
as those may cause motor
overheating or damage.
REMINDER
●Check and clean the wiper blades
at regular intervals.
●Do not start the wipers while
rain is starting, as the windshield
cannot be cleaned and rainwater
mixed with sand and dust may
instantly blur your view, affecting
driving safety.
●Use cleaning agent for glass. The
use of water, or another type
Anti-pinch Function
Halaman 75
REMINDER
of detergent, may damage the
washer motor.
Driver's Door Switches
Power Window Switches
●When the ignition switch is on OK, all
the window switches can lift up and
down the window. After the vehicle is
powered OFF, no power windows can
be regulated.
●The window control switch at the
driver's side contains four buttons to
roll up or down windows on four
doors, respectively.
●Press a switch to roll the window
down.
●Pull a switch to roll the window up.
●While using the switch, release it to
stop window halfway.
●Rolling down: Press a switch to
the second notch and release. The
corresponding window rolls down
automatically.
●Rolling up: Pull a switch to the second
notch and release. The corresponding
window rolls up automatically.
●To stop the window halfway, gently
push the switch in the opposite
direction.
Delay function*
●After the vehicle is powered off, if
the front doors are not open, the four-
door window controller has a 10min
delay period. During this period, the
windows can still be rolled up and
down.
●If a front door is opened, the window
switches won't work.
WARNING
03
●Before closing a power window,
ensure occupants' hands are not
placed upon the window glass;
pinching of hands or fingers can
result in serious injuries.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Anti-pinch Function
Anti-pinch function
If someone or an object is caught by the
window when it is rolling up, the window
stops closing immediately, rolls down for
a certain distance, and stops.
Initialization of anti-pinch function
●If the low-voltage battery is
disconnected while a window is being
rolled up or down, the automatic
rolling-up and anti-pinch functions
both cease to work.
●Press the switch to close the window,
release the switch, operate the switch
and hold it for at least three
seconds, and the anti-pinch function is
recovered.
WARNING
Please follow the precautions below
to prevent serious injury or death
from window closing:
●Before operating the power
windows, ensure that all
Central Locking
Halaman 76
WARNING
passengers do not have any body
parts that can be caught in the
window.
●Do not allow a child to operate the
power windows.
CAUTION
●Excessively frequent activation
of the anti-pinch function can
activate the regulator motor's
overheat protection.
●Never try to deliberately activate
the anti-pinch function.
●The anti-pinch function may not
work if an object is jammed into
the window when it is almost
completely closed.
●Contacting a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for
maintenance is recommended if
the windows' automatic closing
function or anti-pinch function is
not working normally.
Window Lock Button
Press the switch to control the window
switches of side doors.
●Press the right button, and the
indicator turns on. Only the right front
switches can be used to open/close
four windows; the left front window
switch can be used to open/close the
window; the left window switch cannot
be used to open/close the window,
and the right window switch is not
limited.
●Press the switch a second time.
The indicator goes out, and the
window switches on the rear row work
normally.
●The operation of the right window lock
button is the same as that of the left
window.
Central Locking
The driver's door is equipped with power
door lock switches to lock or unlock all
doors.
① Unlock
Press the central unlock button. All doors
are unlocked and the red lock indicator
turns off.
② Locking
Press the central lock button. All doors
are locked and the red lock indicator
lights up.
●All doors unlock automatically when
the vehicle suffers a strong impact,
depending on the impact intensity and
accident type.
Window Control Switch on Passenger Side
Halaman 77
Odometer Switch
●Press the odometer switch to switch
between "Total Mileage" - "Mileage
1" - "Mileage 2" - "Total Mileage".
The switching status is displayed
accordingly on the instrument cluster.
●Press and hold "Mileage 1" and
"Mileage 2" to clear the mileage
information.
Driver Assistance
Switches
The center console features a reversing
radar switch* and AVH switch.
① Parking radar switch
Press this switch to activate parking
radar. SeeP142 for details.
② AVH Switch
Press this switch to activate automatic
vehicle hold. (SeeP115 for details.)
CAUTION
●Press the light character area on
the button.
●Keep sharp objects away from the
control panel as far as possible to
avoid scratches.
●Pressing the button continually
and quickly activates the anti-
touch or anti-play mode. At this
time, the occasional no response
is normal. Stop the operation, and
the function returns to normal
immediately.
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Window Control Switch
on Passenger Side
●When the ignition is on, use the front
left door window switch to operate the
corresponding window.
●When the ignition is on, use the left/
right sliding door window switch to
operate the respective windows.
Mode Switches
Halaman 78
Automatic Window
Closing*
The automatic window closing function
can be enabled/disabled on the
infotainment touchscreen.
Automatic window closing on rainy
days
●When the function is enabled and the
vehicle ignition is on, all windows
close automatically if the wiper sensor
senses a certain amout of rain.
●The enabled function works only once,
and then works again after the vehicle
is powered off and restarted.
High-speed automatic window closing
●When the function is enabled and the
vehicle exceeds a certain speed, all
windows close automatically.
Automatic window closing upon
vehicle locking
●When the function is enabled on the
infotainment touchscreen:
If the ignition is switched off, the
driver's door is opened, and the hood,
trunk, and all doors are closed, press
the lock button on the smart key to
raise the four windows.
Automatic window closing by A/C
●When the fresh air mode is switched
to circulation mode, the open window
closes automatically.
Hazard Warning Light
Switch
button is pressed, all turn
signals and turn signal indicators on the
instrument cluster start flashing. They
all stop flashing when the
When the
button is
pressed again.
CAUTION
●The hazard warning lights are
used to alert drivers and
pedestrians of possible risks.
Mode Switches
① Regenerative braking adjustment lever
●Toggle up the lever to increase
regenerative braking force.
●Pull the lever down to trigger standard
regenerative braking.
② Driving mode stick
●Available driving modes include
economy, sports and normal. Using
the stick, choose among the different
modes shown on the cluster to suit
your different needs.
③ Snow mode button
●Although snow mode optimizes
traction, driving performance, and
Opening/Closing Sunshade
Halaman 79
maneuverability, it is recommended
to avoid sudden acceleration or high
speed.
CAUTION
●ESC system may limit the vehicle's
torque. Therefore, temporarily
shutting down the system may
help if the vehicle skids and
gets stuck in soft snow. The
ESC system must be restarted
after conditions are back to
normal (see P145ESC operation
instructions).
Sunroof Switch
Opening/Closing Sunroof
The sunroof can only be operated when
the vehicle is powered on or when the
power-off delay has not expired.
Opening the sunroof
●Press and hold the sunroof open
button ① to open the sunroof
manually. Release the button midway
to stop the sunroof at its current
position.
●If the sunroof has been initialized,
pressing the sunroof open button ①
and release it immediately, the sunroof
tilts up for ventilation.Pressing the
button again will set the sunroof to
open automatically by about 80%.
Touching the button once more will
open the sunroof completely. For the
sunroof to stop, press button ① or ②
midway.
Closing the sunroof
03
●Press and hold the button ② to close
the sunroof. The sunroof will stop if the
button is released.
CONTROLLER OPERATION
●If the sunroof has been initialized,
releasing the sunroof close button ②
immediately after touching it closes
the sunroof automatically. For the
sunroof to stop at its current position,
press the ① or ② button midway.
Sunshade
Opening the sunshade
●Press and hold the sunshade open
button ① to open the sunshade.
Release the button midway to stop the
sunshade.
●Release the button ① immediately
after pressing it to open the sunshade
automatically. For the sunshade to
stop, press button ① or ② midway.
Closing the sunshade
Interior Light Switch
Halaman 80
●Press and hold the button ② to close
the sunshade and release the button
midway to stop it.
●If the sunshade has been initialized,
releasing the button ② immediately
after pressing it closes the sunshade
automatically. For the sunshade to
stop, press button ① or ② midway.
CAUTION
●When opening or closing the
sunshade, avoid forceful contact
with its curtain, to prevent
damage.
Sunshade linkage
●When the sunroof is opened, the
sunshade will be opened together with
the sunroof.
Sunroof Anti-pinch
If the sunroof or sunshade closing process
is obstructed by anything, it will stop and
slightly retract.
WARNING
●Keep clear of the sunroof when
it is opening or closing, or severe
injury may occur.
●Passengers must refrain from
sticking hands or their heads out
through the sunroof. Otherwise,
severe injury or even death may
occur.
CAUTION
●Trying to open the sunroof in
outside temperatures below 0℃
or when it is covered in snow or
frost may damage the sunroof or
its motor.
Initialization
●With the ignition on, the signal remains
valid and the sunroof is in the
uninitialized state, try the following
steps for initialization:
●Press the close button to the fully
closed position and hold on for
five seconds to initialize the sunroof/
sunshade.
●If the sunroof/sunshade does not
close fully, calibrate manually. Press
and hold the sunroof/sunshade
close button, and release it when
the sunroof/sunshade stops moving.
Hold the button again for at least
five seconds, and release it until the
sunroof/sunshade is fully closed and
a click sound is heard.
●The sunroof and sunshade are
initialized separately.
Interior Light Switch
Front Interior Lights
Left interior light button
Right interior light button
●With the ignition on, if DOOR option is
selected and any door is open, interior
lighting switches between high and
low brightness with touches on the
light switch.
●With the ignition off and DOOR option
selected, interior lights will go off
Ambient Lights
Halaman 81
after the door have remained open
for a period of time. If there are
other operations during this period,
the timer will be restarted.
●To turn on or off the "DOOR" gear,
slide down the top status bar on the
infotainment touchscreen to display
the shortcut page.
Second-row interior lights
The operation of the second-row interior
light switch is the same as that of the
front interior light switch.
Rear-row interior lights
●The operation of the rear-row interior
light switches ① and ② is the same as
that of the front interior light switch.
●The lighting angle of rear-row interior
lights can be adjusted by rotating the
switch ① manually.
Ambient Lights
To control the brightness, color and area
of the ambient light, go to infotainment
→ Vehicle → Ambient
Light.
touchscreen
03
CONTROLLER OPERATION
Ambient Lights
Halaman 82
82
Using and Driving
Halaman 83
04
USING AND
DRIVING
Charging/Discharging...................... 84
Battery...............................................98
Usage Precautions..........................103
Starting and Driving........................110
Driver Assistance............................ 117
Other Main Functions.....................149
Charging Safety Warnings
Halaman 84
Charging/
Discharging
Charging Instructions
Charging Safety Warnings
●The charging connector uses high-
voltage current. Minors are prohibited
to charge the vehicle or touch the
charging equipment. Keep them away
from the vehicle during charging.
●Charge the vehicle in a safe
environment, and avoid charging
in thunderstorms, or areas with
hazardous liquids, fire or heat sources,
or flammable or explosive items.
●To reduce the risk of electric shock
and personal injury, never operate the
equipment with wet hands or touch
the exposed metal of the charge port
or charge base.
●Since charging may affect medical
electronic devices and even cause
serious personal injury or death, if
you use any medical electronic device
(such as implantable pacemaker
or implantable cardiovascular
defibrillator), before charging, confirm
with the device manufacturer whether
charging affects the normal operation
of the device.
Warnings for charging equipment
●Use charging equipment that complies
with local standards:
●To avoid charging failure or fire,
do not modify, disassemble, or
repair the charging equipment and
related ports. Contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for handling if there is a fault.
●Ensure the quality of charging
equipment.
●Never use the charging equipment
if the household power strip cable
becomes soft, if the charging
connector cable is worn out, if the
insulation layer is cracked, or in case
of any other damage.
●Never use the equipment when the
charging connector, power plug, or
power strip is disconnected or broken,
or if there is any sign of surface
damage.
●Charging equipment grounding
instructions:
●The equipment must be properly
grounded. In the event of failure of
or damage to the equipment, the
ground cable provides a minimum
impedance to circuit discharge and
thereby reducing the risk of electric
shock.
●The equipment comes with a ground
cable connecting its ground point
with that of the power plug, which
must match a properly installed and
well-grounded power supply outlet.
●When charging, do not place the
equipment in the trunk, under the
front of the vehicle, or near the tires.
Warnings before charging
●Before charging, ensure that there is
no water or foreign materials in the
charge ports of the vehicle, power
supply equipment, and charging
equipment, and no damage or bad
effect caused by metal terminal rust or
corrosion. In the event of any of the
situations above, do not charge.
Warnings during charging
●To prevent serious personal injury, pay
attention to the following precautions
during charging:
●Do not touch the metal connection of
the charge port, charging connector,
or plug.
Charging Precautions
Halaman 85
●Do not charge or touch the vehicle
in a thunderstorm. Lightning strikes
may cause damage to the charging
equipment or personal injuries.
●Before charging, ensure that there is
no water or foreign materials in the
charge ports of the vehicle, power
supply equipment, and charging
equipment, and no damage or bad
effect caused by metal terminal rust
or corrosion. In the event of any of
the situations above, do not charge.
●If anything abnormal is found in
the vehicle or charging equipment
during charging, stop immediately
and contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
●Do not carry out maintenance work
during charging.
Warnings after charging
●Always unplug the charging and
discharging equipment and close the
charge port door before driving.
Charging Precautions
●When the State of Charge (SOC)
bar on the instrument cluster turns
red, the high-voltage battery is about
to be exhausted. Please charge it
immediately, otherwise the service life
of the high-voltage battery will be
reduced.
●Mode 2 charging means charging
with an AC charging connector. It is
recommended to use the dedicated
AC lines and power sockets meeting
local standards to avoid line damage
and protective trip due to high-power
charging, affecting the normal use of
other equipment.
●Avoiding damage to the charging
equipment (precautions for charging
equipment):
●Prevent the charging equipment
from suffering any mechanical
impact.
●Do not place the charging equipment
near heaters or other heat sources.
●Before charging:
●Make sure that the charging
connector and charge port are
free of foreign objects, and that
the protective cap of the charging
connector terminal does not get
loose or deformed.
●Hold the charging connector, align
the connector with the charge port
and push it in, making sure that they
are properly connected.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●When charging is complete:
●Stop charging first and make sure the
charge port is unlocked.
●Pull the connector.
●Do not force the charging connector
out while the charge port is locked,
otherwise the charge port may be
damaged.
●Try to power off the vehicle before
charging.
●Precautions:
●The A/C can be used as normal
while the vehicle is being charged.
To ensure the charging power, it is
recommended not to turn on the A/C.
●It is recommended that no one stay
in the vehicle during charging.
●It is recommended to park the
vehicle in a ventilated area during
charging.
●The vehicle system automatically
stops charging when the high-voltage
battery is fully charged.
●To stop AC or DC charging, turn
off the charger before disconnecting
Charging Precautions
Halaman 86
the charging connector. In Mode
2 charging, remove the charging
connector and then the power plug.
●When charging is complete and the
charging connector is unplugged,
make sure that the charge port's cap
and door are closed, otherwise water
or foreign materials may enter the port
and affect its normal use.
●Before starting the vehicle, ensure
that the charging equipment is
disconnected. The vehicle may be
ready to run even if the charging
connector is left plugged but not
fully locked, which may damage the
charging equipment and the vehicle.
●When the vehicle is not used for an
extended period, it is recommended
that it should be fully charged
before driving. During long-term
parking, charging the vehicle every
three months is recommended for
prolonging service life. (For details, see
P99)
●Excessive and insufficient temperature
may stop the vehicle from charging.
●In low-temperature regions, it is
better to charge the vehicle in a
heated space indoors.
●In high-temperature regions,
charging in a cool, ventilated place is
recommended.
●When the heating or cooling function is
enabled during charging, it is normal
that both charging time and power
consumption increase slightly.
●During charging, battery cooling
may start, and the compressor, fan
and other components work when
necessary. It is normal that there will
be some noise under the hood.
●During charging, when the battery
cooling or heating is activated, it
is normal that the charging power
displayed by the instrument cluster
decreases or fluctuates for a short
time.
●Before the charging is complete, for
longer battery life, battery equalization
is activated and thus the charging time
may be longer.
●During charging, the estimated
remaining time to full charge is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
It is normal that the remaining time
to full charge may vary slightly
depending on the temperatures, SOC,
and charging facilities.
●If the charge port door is frozen due to
weather or other reasons, do not force
it open.
●In case of high-temperature high-
power DC charging, the performance
of battery temperature control system
may be affected by the A/C in
the passenger compartment, and the
charging performance may degrade,
resulting in an extended charging time.
To ensure charging efficiency, it is
recommended to keep the A/C off
during charging.
CAUTION
●Do not open the charge port door
forcibly when it is locked.
●Do not forcibly insert the
connector with the electric lock
engaged.
●Do not close the charge port door
when the port cap is fully open.
●When the vehicle is charged
with an external power supply,
it is normal that the cooling fan
and A/C compressor may operate
automatically for the high-voltage
battery to cool down.
General Charging Troubleshooting
Halaman 87
Charging Method
The pure electric vehicle is driven by
electric energy supplied from the high-
voltage battery. To prevent insufficient
power of the high-voltage battery
affecting the vehicle driving experience,
it is very important to charge the vehicle
in time and estimate the power demand
before driving.
Vehicle Charging Method:
1. Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*
2. Using AC Charging Piles
3. Using DC Chargers
●Use charging equipment that complies
with local standards.
Charging Mode
1. Charging Reservation (Only AC):
Charge the vehicle regularly at a
General Charging Troubleshooting
Fault
Possible Cause
Solution
High-voltage battery is
full
When the high-voltage battery is fully charged,
the charging will stop automatically.
High-voltage battery
temperature is too high
or too low
Keep the vehicle in an environment with
appropriate temperature and charge it when the
temperature becomes normal.
Charger is
connected,
charge starts,
but battery
will not
charge.
Low-voltage battery
over-discharges.
Replace the low-voltage battery.
If it is verified that the charging equipment's
power indicator is working properly, or that
there are no other unusual indications, change
the charging equipment or contact the charging
equipment supplier.
Charging equipment
fails.
Verify that there is a charging system fault
message on the instrument cluster, then stop the
charging. It is recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
Vehicle display fails.
scheduled charging time set by the
user.
See P94reservation charging for
detailed settings.
REMINDER
The vehicle's power will increase
while waiting for the reservation
charging. It is normal for long
waiting to result in a reduction of the
vehicle's power and driving range.
2. Immediate charging: Charging starts
after the charging connector is
connected.
04
USING AND DRIVING
Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*
Halaman 88
Fault
Possible Cause
Solution
During AC charging, if power supply resumes
after short-time outage of the external power
grid, DENZA charging equipment will re-start
charging automatically and no re-connection of
the charging equipment is required.
The power grid goes
down.
Charging cable is not
connected properly.
Verify that the charging connection cable is not
loosely connected.
Charging
stops
midway.
If the charging connection switch is pressed,
the charging will stop. The charging connection
should be connected again to start charging.
Charging connection
switch is pressed.
If there is any fault prompt for the charging pile
or the vehicle, it is recommended to contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service provider.
Vehicle or charging pile
fails.
Charging
●Check before charging:
●Check the charging device for
abnormalities such as cracked
housing, worn cable, rusted plug, or
foreign materials.
●Do not charge when the charging
connection becomes loose.
●Make sure the port is clear of fluids
or foreign objects, and its metal
terminals are not rusty or corroded.
●In any of these cases, do not charge.
Otherwise, personal injury may occur
due to short circuit or electric shock.
Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*
1. Equipment
●Connect the vehicle to an outlet that
meets local standards to charge the
vehicle.
●A household socket meeting local
standards must be used in order to
avoid line damage or tripping due to
high-power charging, which may affect
the normal use of other devices.
●This EV Mode 2 charging cable includes
a power plug, a charging connector,
a control box, and a charging cable.
The plug is connected to a standard
household power socket, and the
charging connector to the vehicle's
charge port.
●Charging time: Refer to the charging
time message on the instrument
cluster.
WARNING
●See charging safety warnings P84
for details in section Charging
Instructions.
●The highest working temperature
allowed for the product is 50°C.
Store the product in a cool and
dry place when it is not in use.
●When charging, do not place the
equipment in the trunk, under the
front of the vehicle, or near the
tires.
●When using the equipment,
prevent it from getting rolled
over by the vehicle, dropped, or
trampled on.
Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*
Halaman 89
WARNING
●Never drop the equipment or
move it by pulling it directly by
the cable. Take caution when
moving the equipment.
●It is strictly prohibited to
modify, disassemble, or repair
the charging equipment and its
ports. If a fault occurs, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider.
●It is not recommended to use
any additional wire or adapter/
connector.
●Never use the charging equipment
if the household power strip cable
becomes soft, if the charging
connector cable is worn out, if the
insulation layer is cracked, or in
case of any other damage.
●Never use the equipment
when the charging connector,
power plug, or power strip is
disconnected or broken, or if there
is any sign of surface damage.
CAUTION
●The charging cable must not be
placed in a spiral during charging,
as this will affect heat dissipation.
●See the charging instructions for
specific charging precautionsP85.
REMINDER
●It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider or local
electrician to select an
appropriate power supply
REMINDER
according to requirements of the
charging equipment.
●Charging equipment grounding
instructions: The equipment must
be properly grounded. In the
event of failure or damage to the
equipment, the grounding cable
provides a minimum impedance
to circuit discharge and thereby
reducing the risk of electric
shock. The equipment comes with
a ground cable connecting its
ground point with that of the
power plug, which must match
a properly installed and well-
grounded power supply outlet.
04
USING AND DRIVING
2. Charging
●Unlock the charge port door, then
open the port door and cap.
●Open the charge port door:
With the vehicle unlocked, press the
AC charge port door on the right side
of the vehicle to open the door.
●Open the charge port cap, and make
sure that no obstacles exist between
the head of the charging connector
and the end of the charging socket.
Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*
Halaman 90
●Connect the power supply terminal:
●Plug the Mode2 equipment into a
household socket and its power
indicator lights (red light) is solid
on, if the charging is completed, the
indicator turns solid green.
●Connect the vehicle port:
●Plug the charging connector into the
port and make sure it is tight.
●After the charging connector is
inserted, the charging connection
indicator lights up on the instrument
cluster. Mode 2 equipment charging
indicator flashes green.
●In the charging process, charging
parameters and the charging sign are
displayed on the instrument cluster.
●At this point, you can schedule
charging on the infotainment
touchscreen. See P94 Reservation
Charging for the configuration
process.
3. Stopping charging
●End the charging:
●The charging automatically ends
when the vehicle is fully charged.
●To end the charging early, proceed to
the next step.
●Unplug the charging connector: Press
the unlock button on the smart key
or press the door handle microswitch
while carrying the smart key and pull
out the charging connector.
REMINDER
●To unlock the vehicle, press
the unlock button on the key
(when charging the vehicle with
ignition switched off) or press the
microswitch on the door handle
(when the key is nearby).
●Unlock the vehicle to deactivate
the anti-theft lock before pulling
out the charging connector. The
connector has to be pulled out
within 30 seconds, or the port will
re-lock.
●You can activate the anti-
theft lock on the infotainment
touchscreen, as detailed in P95.
●If the charging connector cannot
be removed after unlocking, try a
few more unlocking attempts. If
that does not work, try emergency
unlocking. For the operating
procedure, see P96.
Using AC Charging Piles
Halaman 91
REMINDER
●Reservation charging cannot be
used when the remaining battery
is too low.
●Disconnect the power plug.
●Close the charge port cap and the port
door.
●Store Mode 2 equipment in the luggage
storage box.
Using AC Charging Piles
1. Equipment
●Charge the vehicle using a single-
phase AC charging pile in a public
place. Since some charging piles
are not equipped with charging
connectors, AC charging connectors
need to be prepared.
●Use a standard-compliant household
charging box. For how to use the
charging equipment, refer to its user
manual and follow the operating steps.
●AC charging box: consists of a charging
box, a charging connector, and a
connecting cable. For information on
circuit breaker and emergency stop
switch, see the charging box user
manual.
●AC connection device: It comprises a
charging connector, a connector cover,
and a connecting cable that conform
to national standards. called Mode 3
charging cable. The plug is connected
to the power outlet, and the charging
connector to the vehicle's charge port.
●For the use of charging equipment,
refer to its user manual and follow the
operating steps.
●Charging time: Refer to the charging
time message on the instrument
cluster.
WARNING
●See section "Charging
Instructions" for charging safety
warningsP84.
CAUTION
●The charging cable has a limited
reach. Do not excessively stretch
the cable.
●If you need to stop charging
before the battery is fully charged,
try to use early stop set for the
charger first instead of directly
unplugging the charger.
04
●See the charging instructions for
specific charging precautionsP85.
USING AND DRIVING
●The AC charging power is subject
to the actual charging power of
the vehicle.
REMINDER
●If power supply resumes
after short-time outage of the
external power grid, DENZA
charging equipment will re-start
charging automatically and no
re-connection of the charging
equipment is required.
2. Charging
Connect the vehicle to the AC charge
pile/box by the charging connector of this
pile/box to begin charging.
Instant charging method:
●Unlock the charge port door, then
open the port door and cap:
●See instructionsP88 to unlock the
charge port door, open the port door
and cap.
●Connect the power supply terminal:
Using DC Chargers*
Halaman 92
●Skip this step if an AC charging pile
equipped with a charging connector
is used.
●Use Mode 3 charging cable to
connect your vehicle to the AC
charging pile if no charging
connector is provided.
●Connect the vehicle port:
●Plug the charging connector into the
port and make sure it is tight.
●Charging settings:
●Skip this step if a public AC charging
pile without any setting option is
used.
●For public single-phase AC charging
pile/box with settings, swipe the card
or scan the QR code. See the user
manual for charging pile/box details.
●The charging connection indicator
lights up on the instrument cluster.
●In the charging process, the instrument
cluster displays relevant charging
parameters and the charging sign.
●At this point, you can schedule
charging on the infotainment
touchscreen. See P94Reservation
Charging for the configuration
process.
3. Stopping charging
●End the charging:
●Charging ends automatically when
early stop time is due or charging is
complete.
●Unplug the charging connector:
●SeeP88 Unplug the charging
connector.
●Disconnect the power plug.
●If Mode 3 charging cable is used,
it is recommended to unplug the
charging connector from the vehicle
first and then the plug from the
charging point.
●Skip this step if an AC charging pile
equipped with a charging connector
is used.
●Close the charge port cap and the port
door (seeP88).
●Store the equipment properly.
●If using an AC charging pile/box,
place the charging connector in its
designated location in the charging
pile/box.
●Store the equipment properly.
WARNING
●Never drop the equipment or
move it by pulling it directly by
the cable. Take caution when
moving the equipment.
Using DC Chargers*
1. Equipment
●Use the DC battery charger in public
places to charge the vehicle. Generally,
it is installed in a specific charging
station.
●Equipment specifications: Please
check the instructions for the charger.
●Charging time: Refer to the charging
time message on the instrument
cluster.
2. Charging
DC charging is achieved by connecting
the vehicle to a DC charger via its
connector.
Instant charging method:
●Before discharging, unlock the vehicle
(disarm the anti-theft alarm system).
Using DC Chargers*
Halaman 93
●Unlock the charge port door, then
open the port door and cap:
●See instructionsP88 to unlock the
charge port door, open the port door
and cap.
●Connect the vehicle port:
●Plug the charging connector into the
port and lock it.
●Operate the charging equipment to
start charging.
●The charging connection indicator
lights up on the instrument cluster.
●In the charging process, the instrument
cluster displays relevant charging
parameters and the charging sign.
REMINDER
●During charging, the estimated
remaining time to full charge
is displayed on the instrument
cluster. It is normal that the
remaining time to full charge may
vary slightly depending on the
temperatures, SOC, and charging
facilities.
●After the DC charging, the battery
cooling may still be in the working
state, and the instrument cluster
will display "The intelligent
temperature control system of
the power battery is working".
During charging, battery cooling
may start, and the compressor,
REMINDER
fan and other components work
when necessary. It is normal that
there will be some noise under
the hood.
●When using different models
or different specifications of
DC chargers for charging, the
charging capacity will be slightly
different, which is a normal
phenomenon.
3. Stopping charging
04
●End the charging:
●Charging ends automatically when
early stop time is due or the charging
is complete.
USING AND DRIVING
●Press the unlock button twice
within three seconds or press the
microswitch on the door handle to
stop charging.
●Unplug the charging connector:
●Press the unlock button on the
smart key or press the door handle
microswitch while carrying the smart
key and pull out the charging
connector.
●When the DC charging pile charging
is complete, organize the charging
equipment and store the charging
connector in its designated position
properly.
●Reinsert the DC charge port cap and
close the port door.
WARNING
●See charging safety warningsP84.
Reservation Charging
Halaman 94
CAUTION
●After charging, if the charging
connector cannot be pulled out,
please contact our customer
service immediately.
●To unlock the charge port after DC
charging, press the unlock button
twice within three seconds for the
operation to be successful.
●See specific charging
precautionsP85.
Reservation Charging
●The charging mode can be set on the
infotainment system. To access the
setting:
●Go to infotainment touchscreen
→ Energy. The reservation charging
screen is displayed.
●To exit the Reservation Charging page,
tap the back button
or the home
button
.
Reservation charging settings
●The factory default setting is to
charge the vehicle immediately and
reservation charging is disabled.
●To schedule a charging, toggle the
reservation charging ON, set the
charging start time and repeat cycle,
and save the settings.
●After the reservation is set up, if
you connect the charging connector
or press the power button to power
off the vehicle during the charge
waiting period, you will be reminded
through the infotainment touchscreen
that reservation charging has been set.
Switch to instant charging if needed.
●You can tap the reservation charging
setting icon to turn off the charging
connector connected alert and power-
off alert in the Reservation Charging
Alert.
CAUTION
●The reservation charging function
is developed for DENZA's slow
AC charging equipment only.
Please disable this function
when using slow AC charging
equipment that is not certified
by DENZA. Otherwise, scheduled
or immediate charging may fail
due to no response from the
equipment, resulting in low SOC
or even low voltage of the high-
voltage battery.
REMINDER
●The instant charging option on
the reminder screen is valid for
the current reservation only. To
cancel all reservations, toggle
charging reservation off on the
corresponding setting screen.
●In the event of low battery,
the vehicle is charged to the
minimum level before scheduled
Charge Port Anti-theft Lock
Halaman 95
REMINDER
charging begins. In this process,
the infotainment system still
gives reminder messages for
power-off and charging connector
connection, and a related
message is displayed at the lower
part of the instrument cluster.
Intelligent Charging
When the low-voltage battery detector
detects that the low-voltage battery is too
low, it can be charged by the high-voltage
battery.
REMINDER
●When the vehicle is stored for
a long time, the smart charging
function may be activated, which
is normal and not a vehicle failure.
●Power for intelligent charging
comes from the high-voltage
battery pack, so it is normal that
an SOC decrease is noticed when
the vehicle is powered on.
Charge Port Anti-theft
Lock
In order to prevent the charging
connector from being stolen, the
No.
Charge Port Anti-
theft Lock Status
Vehicle Door Anti-
theft Lock Status
Charging Connector
Removable or Not
1
Enabled
Locking
No
2
Enabled
Start
Yes
3
Disabled
Locking
Yes
4
Disabled
Start
Yes
vehicle charge port is anti-theft during
charging and discharging. This function
is deactivated by default. Go to
infotainment touchscreen
→ Energy
→ Charging and Discharging to activate
or deactivate charging port anti-theft
lock.
04
●The charging connector will be locked
by a current over 16 A. Please unlock
the vehicle before unplugging the
charge plug (See P49).
USING AND DRIVING
Unlocking
●When the function is enabled, unlock
the vehicle and unplug the charging
connector during charging in the
following ways:
●Press the unlock button on the smart
key to unlock.
●Press the microswitch next to the
exterior handle of the driver's side
door to unlock (with the smart key
nearby).
●Press the central unlock button
under the driver's window to unlock.
Driving Range Display Mode Settings*
Halaman 96
●As shown in the table below, if
the vehicle is in state 2/3/4, apart
from the above-mentioned unlocking
operations, you can unlock and
pull out the charging connector by
pressing its button. However, this
may affect the service life of the
charge port or charging connector.
This is an emergency action that is not
recommended to take frequently.
CAUTION
●The connector needs to be pulled
out within 30 seconds after it is
unlocked. Otherwise, the electric
lock will lock again.
●After the vehicle is fully charged,
the charging connector will be
automatically unlocked when the
anti-theft mode of the charge port
is disabled. When this mode is
enabled, the charging connector
must be manually unlocked
following the above steps.
Emergency Unlocking of Charge Port
●When charging connector cannot be
unplugged due to failure of the anti-
theft lock, unlock the charge port
manually.
●The anti-theft lock latch is on the
right hubcap. Open the right wheel
fender liner. Pull the latch to unlock
the charging connector.
CAUTION
●The emergency unlocking
function is usable for AC charging
connectors only.
Driving Range Display
●The range display mode can be set
to improve driving experience. The
default setting is standard mode.
●The corresponding settings can
be made on the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Energy → Energy
→ Range Display Mode.
●Standard mode: displays the driving
range based on the result of
comprehensive working condition
test.
●Dynamic mode: displays the
estimated driving range based on the
available battery power and current
average energy consumption.
●The set driving range display mode is
memorized by the system.
●When the vehicle is powered off and
then on, the display mode set last
time will be maintained.
REMINDER
●When the Dynamic driving range
display mode is set:
●The driving range actually
displayed will be adjusted based
on the state of the vehicle's air
conditioner, the driving mode
(ECO, NORMAL, SPORT, etc.)
selected, and the driver's driving
habits, so as to match the
vehicle's actual driving range.
VTOL Discharging
Halaman 97
REMINDER
●This vehicle is equipped with
vehicle-to-load (VTOL) feature.
Discharging Instructions*
●This vehicle is equipped with vehicle-
to-load (VTOL) feature.
WARNING
●Do not touch any metal terminal
of the discharging socket or
the vehicle charge port during
discharging.
●Stop discharging immediately if
there are any abnormalities such
as peculiar smell and smoke.
●See Charging InstructionsP84 for
charging safety warnings.
●Store the product in a cool and
dry place when it is not in use.
●When discharging, do not place
the equipment in the trunk, under
the front of the vehicle, or near
the tires to prevent it from falling
and being rolled over by the
vehicle and trampled on.
●When using the equipment,
prevent it from getting rolled
over by the vehicle, dropped, or
trampled on.
●Never use the charging equipment
if the power strip cable becomes
soft, the charging connector cable
is worn out, the insulation layer
is cracked, or any other damage
occurs.
●Never use the equipment when
the discharging connector or
power strip is disconnected or
WARNING
broken, or when there is any sign
of surface damage.
CAUTION
●For precautions concerning use of
the discharge connection device,
please refer to the precautions
for charging equipment included
in item 3 of P85Charging
Precautions.
●Before discharging, please
confirm the vehicle SOC and
estimate the remaining driving
range.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●Before VTOL discharging, ensure
that the load is turned off.
REMINDER
●When the vehicle is powered off,
the static power consumption
of the vehicle will increase
if the VTOL connection
device is connected for an
extended period without any
output. Therefore, removing the
discharging/charging connector
when the device is not used is
recommended.
VTOL Discharging
2. Discharging
●Before discharging, unlock the vehicle
(disarm the anti-theft alarm system).
●Unlock the charge port door, then
open the port door and cap.
●See Unlocking the charge port
doorP88 to open the port door and
cap.
●Check before discharging:
Battery Properties
Halaman 98
●Ensure that the battery capacity of
the vehicle to be discharged is not
below 15%.
●Ensure the VTOL connecting device
casing is not cracked, and its plug is
free from rust or obstructions.
●Ensure that there is no water or
foreign material inside the charge
port and that metal terminals are
not damaged and free from rust or
corrosion.
●Do not discharge if any of the above
conditions is found; otherwise, short
circuit or electric shock so caused
could lead to personal injury.
●Connect the discharge connection
device:
●Connect the VTOL discharging
connector to the charge port and
confirm that it is connected in place.
●Discharging starts:
●After the switch button on the
discharging socket is pressed, the
socket indicator stays on (red),
indicating that the socket can be
used.
●After the connection is made,
discharge begins and respective
information is displayed on the
instrument cluster.
3. Stopping discharging
●End the charging:
●Press the switch on the discharging
socket.
●In an emergency, proceed directly to
the next step (not recommended).
●Disconnect the discharge connection
device:
●Press the mechanical button on the
discharging connector and remove
the connector from the charge port.
●Close the charge port cap and the port
door (see P88).
●Organizing the equipment:
●Store the discharge equipment in the
luggage storage box after discharging
is complete.
Battery
High-Voltage Battery
●The vehicle is powered by a high-
voltage battery that can be charged
and discharged repeatedly. The high-
voltage battery is charged by an
external power source or through
energy recovery when the vehicle
brakes or coasts.
●The high-voltage battery is located
under the vehicle floor, so be careful
and slow down to avoid bumping
when driving on bumpy or uneven
roads. If bumping occurs, go to a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for maintenance.
Battery Properties
●It is normal that vehicle performance
is affected by battery electrochemical
properties and self-protection and
varies to some extent in the following
conditions:
●When SOC is high, the regenerative
braking performance may decline.
●The vehicle switches to trickle
charging mode at high SOC. If the
charging time is prolonged, the
estimated remaining charging time
displayed on the instrument cluster
may not be accurate.
●When SOC is low, the acceleration
performance may decline.
Battery Usage Tips
Halaman 99
●When the high-voltage battery is low,
VTOL* cannot be used as normal.
Charge the battery promptly.
●At high or low temperatures, it
is normal that the charging and
discharging capabilities of the high-
voltage battery decline, and the
charging time is prolonged. For
fast charging, high-power charging
equipment is recommended. Power
performance may also decline under
extreme temperatures.
●When charging in low temperatures,
the temperature control system
can significantly improve charging
capability. For details, see Charging
Precautions.
●When the vehicle is used at
low temperatures, the battery's
temperature control system will start
heating the battery as appropriate
to ensure the driving power
and discharging performance and
improve your driving experience.
When the vehicle is driven over short
distances, heating may be ineffective,
which increases power consumption
and decreases driving range.
●When the high-voltage battery is
normal, the driving range of the vehicle
varies with the following factors:
●Driving habit: For example, the
range in frequent acceleration or
deceleration is shorter than that at
constant speeds, and the range is
shorter when driving at high speeds
than when at low speeds.
●Road conditions: For example, the
range driven in rough conditions or
on long slopes is shorter than that
in normal conditions and on even
roads.
●Temperature: The driving range at
low temperatures is shorter than that
at ambient temperatures.
●Use of electric equipment: For
example, the range driven with A/C
on is shorter than that with A/C off.
●Usable capacity of the high-voltage
battery is lower in cold weather
and reduces as the temperature
decreases. If the vehicle with high
battery level is charged at low
temperatures, the SOC may quickly
jump to 100%.
Battery Usage Tips
●It is recommended to use the vehicle at
temperatures between -10℃ to 40℃.
When SOC is low, timely charge the
vehicle to ensure enough driving range
and good acceleration performance.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●To ensure long term performance,
avoid driving in extreme temperatures
for over 24 hours.
●In low ambient temperatures, if the
vehicle must be stored for a long time,
it can be placed in an underground
garage or other warmer area to reduce
loss of battery heat, maintaining
vehicle performance.
●Frequent and sudden acceleration or
deceleration should be avoided. Drive
the vehicle on flat and dry roads.
When necessary, turn off high-power
equipment such as A/C or adjust
the A/C temperature to reduce power
consumption of such devices and
increase the driving range.
●Low-power charging contributes to the
service life of high-voltage battery.
●When the vehicle is used for the
first time or after a long idle period,
the SOC displayed on the instrument
cluster may not be correct. It is
recommended to fully charge the
vehicle first.
●It is recommended to fully charge the
vehicle at a regular basis (at least once
Recycling the High-Voltage Battery
Halaman 100
a week), and fully charge it from low
battery (SOC <10%) once every three to
six months.
●Under extreme working conditions
(such as frequent sudden acceleration/
deceleration) that cause battery
overheating, if the temperature of
high-voltage battery is excessively
high, it is normal for discharging
capability to decrease gradually. If the
battery temperature keeps rising, the
fault warning light will light up on
the instrument cluster. In that case, it
is recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
●When the battery SOC increases
or decreases abnormally, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for inspection.
WARNING
In the event of an emergency or
accident, be aware of the following
warnings:
●To avoid personal injury, do not
touch the high-voltage battery
directly.
●Contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider as soon
as possible.
●If the high-voltage battery is
damaged and leaking fluid, avoid
any contact with the fluid.
If it comes into contact with
skin or eyes, rinse immediately
with plenty of water, and seek
immediate medical attention.
●If the vehicle catches fire,
use dedicated fire extinguishers
instead of water-based fire
extinguishers.
CAUTION
●To ensure safety of the high-
voltage battery, stop the vehicle
away from flammable and
explosive materials, ignition
sources and various hazardous
chemicals.
●The available battery capacity
decreases as the vehicle is used
over time.
●Prolonged exposure to heat
sources and direct sunlight reduce
the service life of the high-voltage
battery.
●When the vehicle is not to
be operated for an extended
period (over seven days), it is
recommended that the battery
SOC should be kept at 40%-60%
to prolong its service life. When
the vehicle is not to be operated
for over three months, the high-
voltage battery must be fully
charged and then discharged to
40%-60% every three months.
Otherwise, over-discharge may
lead to battery performance
degradation or even damage. Any
vehicle fault or damage so caused
will not be warranted.
●As the high-voltage battery is
arranged at the bottom of
the vehicle, careful driving is
recommended in case of bumpy
roads.
●If there is a collision with
the high-voltage battery, contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider immediately for
maintenance.
Recycling the High-Voltage Battery
How to scrap an NEV:
Low-Voltage Battery
Halaman 101
1. Take the vehicle to the DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider,
and the after-sales service provider will
help the recycling organization assess
the residual value of the high-voltage
battery.
2. After confirming the recycling, the
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider will disassemble the battery.
3. The wasted battery will be returned
to a recycling organization for further
handling.
WARNING
●New energy car owners have
the responsibility and obligation
to hand over waste power
batteries to the recycling service
outlet. Those who hand over
waste power batteries to other
organizations or individuals
for dismantling or disassembly
without authorization, thus
causing environmental pollution
or accidents, shall bear the
corresponding responsibilities.
Low-Voltage Battery
●Battery working modes include
"Normal", "Sleep", "Ultra-low Power",
"Low-Voltage Protection". The purpose
is to protect the battery cell from
damage. If the vehicle system is in
good condition, the vehicle switches
between these modes automatically,
having no effect on your use of the
vehicle.
●To avoid low-voltage battery feed,
the smart charging function will be
actively triggered if conditions (hood
closed, ignition "OFF", high-voltage
battery discharging allowed, and low-
voltage battery level lower than the
design value) are met.
●When the intelligent charging function
is triggered, the low-voltage battery
is charged through the high-voltage
battery. Therefore, it is normal that the
SOC or the pure-electric driving range
displayed on the instrument cluster
decreases, when the vehicle is started
after being idle.
●If smart charging fails, the low-voltage
battery may cut off the vehicle's power
supply. If you find before use that
the vehicle is not powered, try to
activate the low-voltage battery by
pressing the driver's door microswitch
continuously, and immediately power
on the vehicle to charge the low-
voltage battery. It is recommended to
charge it for more than one hour.
04
USING AND DRIVING
REMINDER
●The low-voltage battery contains
relays. Thus, it is normal that relay
operating sounds may be emitted
from the battery.
●The low-voltage battery shall
be charged with professional
charging tools, and shall not be
removed for recharging without
permission.
●Do not jump-start the vehicle with
another fuel vehicle, as this may
damage the low-voltage battery.
●The low-voltage battery is a
battery on low-voltage platform
that is different from an ordinary
lead-acid battery. Please read the
instructions for use in this manual
in detail.
●The low-voltage battery contains
a power manager. To prevent
damage to the battery or injury,
do not disassemble or repair the
battery without authorization.
Waking up the Vehicle from Low SOC
Halaman 102
REMINDER
●The low-voltage battery needs to
communicate with the vehicle for
normal use, so it is important to
connect its connector and wiring
harness correctly.
Waking up the Vehicle from Low SOC
●Wake-up by the driver's door
microswitch
●The low-voltage battery features the
dormancy wakeup function. The low-
voltage battery may have entered
a dormant state after long-term
parking. In that case, the vehicle
cannot be located or unlocked with
the smart key. At this time, press
the microswitch on the driver's door
handle (See P50) to activate the low-
voltage battery. After the vehicle is
unlocked, it can be used normally.
●Wake-up by jump starting
●When the vehicle cannot be woken
up and unlocked by the driver's door
microswitch, use the mechanical key
to open the door. Then, use a 12V
power supply to start the vehicle
by two specially designed cables for
the jump start. In this case, the
low-voltage battery SOC is low. The
instrument cluster may display "The
low-voltage battery SOC is low, and
the vehicle is going to be powered
off", and the vehicle will become
dormant again. Start the vehicle
immediately and keep it started for
over 15 minutes to ensure that the
low-voltage battery is fully charged.
●The jump start can only be carried
out through the special interface of
the under-hood PDB. The connection
terminals for the jump start in the
under-hood PDB are shown in the
figure.
① Negative terminal for jump
starting
② Positive terminal for the jump
starting of the under-hood low
voltage distribution box
●If the vehicle cannot be woken up
and started by the above steps, it
is recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
in time.
WARNING
●Do not connect the vehicle
with other vehicles for a jump
start before it is powered
on. Otherwise, the low-voltage
battery may be damaged.
●If the low-voltage battery SOC is
too low or the battery fails, jump
starting may be required. Please
carefully read and strictly follow
the jump starting instructions in
this manual.
●The low-voltage battery contains
an intelligent control module.
To prevent battery damage,
do not disassemble or damage
this battery without permission,
except in an emergency.
●Disconnect the negative terminal
of the low-voltage battery before
performing parts replacement and
vehicle repairs.
Driving Safety Precautions
Halaman 103
CAUTION
●It is recommended that the
jump starting be done under the
guidance of professionals, as the
space for operating the under-
hood PDB is limited and circuit-
based risks are present.
●Do not clean the low-voltage
battery with liquid to prevent
ingress.
Usage Precautions
Break-in Period
●If the powertrain is hard to start or
frequently stops turning, inspect the
vehicle immediately.
●If the powertrain makes any abnormal
sounds, stop the vehicle for inspection.
●If the powertrain has severe coolant
and oil leakage, stop the vehicle for
inspection.
●The powertrain needs break-in. This
should preferably be done within the
first 2,000 km in economic mode.
Steady driving instead of high-speed
driving is recommended. The following
practices effectively prolong vehicle
service life:
●Avoid flooring the accelerator pedal
when starting and driving the
vehicle.
●Avoid speeding.
●Avoid emergency braking within the
first 300 km.
●Do not maintain a high or low speed
for too long.
●Do not use the vehicle to tow other
vehicles within the first 2,000 km of
mileage.
Trailer Towing
●This vehicle is designed to carry
passengers. Do not overload it or use
it to tow other vehicles.
●Towing other vehicles has an adverse
impact on the maneuverability,
performance, braking, endurance,
driving economy, power consumption,
and other aspects of performance of
the vehicle itself.
04
●Driving safety and comfort totally
depend on equipment usage and good
driving habits.
USING AND DRIVING
●BYD does not provide free warranty for
the damage or faults resulted from the
trailer towing.
Driving Safety
Precautions
No Drunk Driving
Even a small amount of alcohol can
reduce a driver's ability to respond to
traffic condition changes. The higher the
level of alcohol, the less responsive the
driver will be. Therefore, never drive
while under the influence.
No Speeding
Speeding is a major cause of fatal
accidents. Faster speeds generally entail
higher risk. Therefore, maintain a speed
safe for the road traffic conditions.
Keeping the Vehicle Safe for Driving
Tire bursts and mechanical faults are
extremely dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of such faults, frequently check
Vehicle Precautions
Halaman 104
the vehicle's condition, and regularly
complete the specified inspections.
CAUTION
●Any driver must possess a driver's
license before driving a vehicle.
●Do not drive when fatigued.
●Always follow the traffic
regulations when driving a
vehicle.
●During driving, please focus
on driving, and avoid activity
unrelated to driving (such as
making / receiving phone calls
and adjusting buttons).
Vehicle Use Suggestions
Suggestions for prolonging the battery
usage:
●When the vehicle is not to be
operated for an extended period (over
seven days), it is recommended that
the battery SOC should be kept at
40%-60%, or it will reduce high-voltage
battery service life.
●When the vehicle is not to be operated
for over three months, the high-voltage
battery must be fully charged and then
discharged to 40%-60%. Otherwise,
over-discharge may lead to battery
performance degradation or even
damage. Any vehicle fault or damage
so caused will not be warranted.
●During operation of the vehicle, if
the instrument cluster displays the
pure electric driving mileage as 0, it
indicates the battery SOC is low. In this
case, charge the high-voltage battery
in time and avoid operating the vehicle
with low SOC for a long time.
●For optimal battery performance,
use a charging connector to fully
charge the battery regularly, and the
recommended frequency is once a
week at least.
●To maintain long-term performance,
avoid continuously exposing the
vehicle to an environment with a
temperature above 60°C or below
-30°C for over 24 hours.
●If the tray dented inward or there is
scarification under the battery package
tray, it is suggested to check at a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
●During operation of the vehicle,
avoid repeated rapid acceleration or
deceleration whenever possible.
●During operation of the vehicle, avoid
operating the vehicle continuously
for a long time whenever possible;
otherwise, the excessively high
battery temperature will affect vehicle
performance.
●If the instrument cluster malfunctions
when driving, it is recommended to
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for inspection as soon
as possible.
●When the high-voltage battery
temperature is high, the vehicle
performance will be limited to some
extent. In this case, stop the vehicle
and wait until the temperature drops
before operating.
REMINDER
●If the battery meter drops to 0,
the vehicle must be recharged.
If it is not recharged within
seven days, the battery may
suffer permanent damage. Such
damage is not covered by DENZA
warranty terms.
●Driving range depends on many
factors, such as the vehicle's
Saving Energy and Extending Vehicle Service Life
Halaman 105
REMINDER
available power, vehicle age
(current battery life), weather,
temperature, road conditions and
driving habits. Compared with
under normal temperatures, the
pure-electric driving range is
somewhat reduced and power
performance will also be affected
in low or high temperature
environments.
Saving Energy and
Extending Vehicle Service
Life
●Saving energy is simple and easy, and
it helps prolong the vehicle's service
life.
●Here are some tips for saving energy
and repair cost:
1. Regenerative braking setting:
●The vehicle is provided with an
energy recovery function. To set
the energy recovery intensity, go to
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
touchscreen or toggle the switch on
the panel. In high energy recovery
mode, more energy is recovered
during vehicle braking and coasting.
Please set to suit to your driving
habits.
2. Maintaining constant speed:
●Constant speeds save energy.
Sudden acceleration, sharp turns
and emergency braking increase
consumption.
●Speeds should be kept constant
according to traffic conditions.
Additional energy is consumed each
time the accelerator is pushed.
●Use cruise control* under proper
driving conditions for energy saving.
●Acceleration should be gradual.
Avoid sudden startup, acceleration,
or deceleration.
●Prevent emergency braking, and
subsequent brake wear, by keeping
an appropriate distance from
vehicles ahead, and paying attention
to traffic lights.
●Congested roads increase energy
consumption.
●Keep moderate speeds in
motorways. The higher the speed,
the higher the consumption.
Maintaining vehicle speed within the
economical speed range can save
power.
04
USING AND DRIVING
3. Reducing load:
●Consumption is higher when air
conditioning is used. Turn off the A/C
to reduce power consumption. When
outside temperatures are moderate,
use fresh air mode.
●Do not overload the vehicle
unnecessarily. Excessive weights will
add the load of vehicle, increasing
energy consumption.
4. Other tips:
●Make sure tire pressure is correct.
Low tire pressure increases energy
consumption and wear.
●Keep front wheels properly aligned,
avoid driving into curbstones, and
drive slowly in rough terrain.
Misalignment of the front wheels not
only increases tire wear, but also
increases load on the powertrain and
power consumption.
●Keep the bottom of the vehicle clean
and mud free. This reduces vehicle
weight and prevents corrosion.
Loading the Trunk
Halaman 106
CAUTION
●Never coast in "N" while driving.
Carrying Luggage
●This vehicle has multiple
storage spaces. Overloading or
improper accommodation may affect
maneuverability, stability and normal
operation of the vehicle, and reduce its
safety.
●The glove box, storage boxes on
interior trim panels and seatback
pockets are designed for small and
light objects, while the trunk for large
and heavy objects.
●Long items can be loaded by folding
the rear seat backrests. Overloading or
improper accommodation may affect
maneuverability, stability and normal
operation of the vehicle, and reduce its
safety.
●Make sure the vehicle's total load
(vehicle + passengers + luggage)
remains within the specified maximum
weight.
WARNING
●Overloading and improper
accommodation may affect
stability and vehicle control,
which may lead to accidents.
●Observe the maximum weight
limit and other loading guidelines
in this manual.
●Do not carry highly magnetic
items, as they might interfere in
the vehicle's operating functions.
Carrying Luggage in the Passenger Area
●All items that could be thrown inwards
and thus injure occupants in case of a
collision must be properly placed and
secured.
●Do not place any objects on the inner
side of rear windshield. Otherwise,
these objects will block the driver's
line of sight and will be thrown here
and there inside the vehicle in case of
collision.
●Ensure that objects placed on the floor
behind the front seat do not roll under
the seat, so as to avoid affecting the
driver's ability to control the pedals or
normal seat adjustment. Do not stack
items to a height taller than the front
seats' seatbacks.
●Make sure the glove box is always
closed while driving. If the glove box
is open, the occupant's knees may be
injured in case of a collision or an
emergency stop.
REMINDER
●Do not pile up toys in the vehicle,
as this may affect driving safety
and present a hazard to the
children, especially in case of
emergency braking or collision.
Loading the Trunk
●Place luggage evenly in the trunk. Put
heavier items at the bottom and as far
in as possible.
●Secure items with ropes or straps so
that they will not move while driving.
Do not stack items to a height taller
than seatbacks.
●For trunk strapping or fastening
supplies, contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Wading into Water Precautions
Halaman 107
Wading into Water
●Check water depth - it must not exceed
the vehicle's lower edge - before
driving into flooded areas.
●If crossing a flooded area is necessary,
turn off the air conditioner and keep
acceleration steady to slowly cross
over.
●Do not park the vehicle in water for a
long time.
●Driving through deep water may wet
brakes. To keep brakes dry, drive
carefully and press the brake pedal
gently.
●After crossing over, press the brake
pedal several times to dry out the disks
and recover brake performance.
WARNING
●Drive carefully to avoid accident
when there is any water or slurry
on the brake disc surface, as this
may increase the brake response
time thus extending the braking
distance.
●Carefully apply any wet brake, and
remove ice or water on it.
●Avoid emergency braking as far as
possible after driving through any
waterlogged road section.
WARNING
●If the vehicle drives on
the waterlogged road. Avoid
prolonged water ingress in high-
voltage components. Any vehicle
fault or damage so caused will
not be covered by the quality
warranty.
●After the vehicle is driven through
waterlogged road sections,
vehicle components, such as
drive system, driving system and
automotive electric system, may
also be damaged seriously. Such
damage is not covered by the
vehicle's warranty either.
04
●Be sure to find a sheltered
place when charging the vehicle
on rainy days. If the vehicle
is immersed in water or
wades through water over
the doorsill, which may cause
water ingress in high-voltage
components, promptly contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for testing and
troubleshooting.
USING AND DRIVING
●Do not drive the vehicle on
the road where the depth of
accumulated water exceeds half
of the tires.
Influence of water ingress in high-
voltage components:
●Water getting into high-voltage
components, which are electronic
devices, may not be fully dried out by
any means.
●Water ingress seriously compromises
insulation of high-voltage
components, and conductive
substances in water may lead to short
circuit of high-voltage components or
such risk in the entire high-voltage
system. This significantly affects the
Fire Prevention Instructions
Halaman 108
safety and service performance of the
vehicle.
●Water in high-voltage components
reduces ingress protection rating and
voltage withstanding performance,
posing a high safety risk.
Fire Prevention
To prevent vehicle fires in a timely and
effective manner, pay attention to the
following during use of the vehicle:
●Do not press the accelerator pedal
continuously. Otherwise, the drive
motor will always run at a high speed.
●No flammable or explosive items are
allowed in the vehicle.
●Temperatures may reach over 70°C in
a vehicle exposed to direct sunlight
in summer. Therefore, flammable
and explosive items, such as lighters,
cleaning agents and perfumes,
stored in the vehicle can cause a fire
or even explosion easily.
●Make sure cigarettes are thoroughly
put out.
●Smoking is not only harmful to your
health, but can also may cause a fire.
Cigarettes that not thoroughly put
out may cause a fire.
●It is recommended to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for regular vehicle checks.
●Check vehicle wiring, connections,
wiring harnesses, insulation, fixed
position regularly. Deal with
identified problems promptly.
●Do not refit vehicle wiring or add any
unauthorized electrical appliance.
●The addition of extra electrical
appliances, such as high-power
audio systems, light fixtures, etc.,
may overload and overheat the
wiring harness and increase the risk
of fire. Improper refitting of electrical
appliances or wiring may cause a
fire due to contact resistance and
abnormal heating.
●Fuses or other replacement wires in
excess of relevant electrical rating are
strictly prohibited.
●Select a proper parking location.
●When the vehicle is parked,
especially in summer, do check
whether there are any flammables
such as dry grasses, dead woods,
leaves or wheat straws under the
vehicle. If any, a fire may be caused.
●When the vehicle is running, avoid
driving on the road sections piled
up with flammables such as dry
leaves, wheat straws and grasses,
or immediately stop the vehicle to
check whether any flammables are
carried along after passing such road
sections. When parking the vehicle,
try to avoid sun exposure.
●Disconnect the negative cable of the
low-voltage battery when the vehicle is
being repaired or serviced.
●Keep a lightweight fire extinguisher in
the vehicle and know how to use it.
●In order to ensure vehicle safety, a
fire extinguisher should be equipped
in the vehicle, and be checked and
replaced regularly. Also, you should
familiarize yourself with use of the
fire extinguisher and be prepared for
any accidents.
●In the event of a fire in the vehicle,
take effective measures in a timely and
calm manner to minimize any losses.
●Fires typically show initial warning
signs, such as abnormal noises and
odors in the vehicle body. When
abnormal conditions are found, turn
off and stop the vehicle immediately.
Try to put out the fire if possible.
Snow Chain Instructions
Halaman 109
●Call a fire emergency number. Then
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider and your insurance
provider.
●Look for the ignition point. If the
cabin smokes, do not open the hood
immediately. (This will let a large
amount of air in and cause fire
spreading. There is limited comburent
in the cabin. Keeping the hood closed
can control the fire so that the fire can
be easily put out).
●If the fire brigade is involved, ask for
a duty performance certificate and a
description of fire cause.
●After occurrence of the accident,
contact the insurance company for
post-event handling in a timely
manner.
REMINDER
●In order to mitigate losses in the
event of an accident, the purchase
of commercial insurance (fire loss,
theft, etc.) is recommended.
Snow Chains
●Snow chains are only for emergencies
or areas where they are permitted by
laws.
●Snow chains should be installed
on front wheels. Be careful when
driving the vehicle installed with
snow chains on snow-covered roads.
Use thin snow chains. Some snow
chains may damage tires, wheels,
suspensions, and the vehicle body.
The recommended snow chains are
no larger than 10 mm in thickness
or diameter, which provides enough
space between tires and other parts in
the hubcap.
●Read the component assembly
drawings and other instructions
provided by the snow chain
manufacturer carefully.
●Before purchasing and installing snow
chains, consult the DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider where your
vehicle was purchased.
●In order to minimize wear of tires and
snow chains, do not travel with snow
chains on roads without snow.
CAUTION
●Driving speed must not exceed 30
km/h or the speed limit specified
by the snow chain manufacturer.
04
●Drive carefully, paying attention
to bumps, potholes, and sharp
turns that can cause the vehicle to
bounce.
USING AND DRIVING
●For vehicles with snow chains,
avoid sharp turns or braking with
locked wheels, and slow down the
vehicle before entering a curve
to avoid accidents due to loss of
control.
●Install the chains symmetrically
and remove them immediately
after driving on snowy or muddy
roads.
●If an abnormal sound is heard
from the snow chain, please stop
the vehicle immediately to check
whether the vehicle components
such as suspension, body or brake
lines are normal, and ensure that
there is no contact between them
and the snow chains.
●Do not install snow chains with
low tire pressure.
Remote Start
Halaman 110
Starting and
Driving
Starting the Vehicle
In normal cases, start the vehicle as
below:
●Carry a valid smart key with you,
depress the brake pedal ① and press
the START/STOP button ② at the
same time, and then the OK indicator
on the instrument cluster illuminates,
indicating that the vehicle is ready for
driving.
●Shift to "D" or "R" position, and
then the electrical parking brake will
be released automatically. Do not
start driving the vehicle until hearing
a motor release sound from the
electrical parking brake system.
The vehicle cannot power on when
●The vehicle cannot power on when:
●After you press the START/STOP
button, the smart key warning light
turns on, a beep sounds, and
the message "No key detected" is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
This means that the key is not in the
vehicle or cannot be detected due to
interference.
●The key is somewhere unsuitable
for detection, such as on the floor,
in the cup holder, trunk, or storage
compartment.
Starting the vehicle in emergencies:
●Engage the parking brake firmly.
●Turn off all unnecessary lights and
accessories.
●The gearshift lever is on "P".
●Switch the ignition off.
●The electronic smart key is in the
vehicle.
●Press and hold the START/STOP button
for more than 15 seconds to start the
vehicle.
CAUTION
●Do not touch the START/STOP
button while driving.
Remote Start with the Electronic Smart
Key
1. Press and hold the remote start/stop
button on the electronic smart key for
two seconds to start the vehicle. After it is
started, turn signals will flash three times.
2. If there is no valid operation within 10
minutes after remote start, the vehicle
stops and powers off, and turn signals
flash twice.
3. Press and hold the remote start/stop
button on the electronic smart key for
DiSus-C*
Halaman 111
two seconds. The vehicle powers off, and
turn signals flash twice.
Driving
Safety Check before Driving
Exterior
●Tires: Check tire pressure and
carefully inspect tires for any cut,
damage, foreign material, anomaly,
and excessive wear.
●Lug nuts: Ensure all nuts are fitted and
tightened.
●Lighting: Verify that headlights,
parking lights, position lights, turn
signals, and other lights are all
working. Check headlight intensity.
Interior
●Seat Belts: Check whether seat belts
can be properly fastened. Verify that
seat belts are not worn or scratched.
●Instrument cluster: Particularly,
verify that maintenance indicator,
instrument cluster lighting, and
defroster work properly.
●Braking: Verify that there is enough
space for the brake pedal to work.
●Low-voltage battery and cables: Check
connectors for any corrosion or
looseness and any cracks in the battery
housing.
In the engine compartment
●Spare fuses: Verify that spare fuses of
all rated charges in the fuse box are
available.
●Coolant level: Verify that coolant level
is correct.
●Brake fluid level: Confirm that the
brake fluid level is correct.
Preparations before Driving
●Check the surroundings before getting
into the vehicle.
●Adjust seat position, seatback angle,
cushion height, headrest height, and
the steering wheel angle and height.
●Adjust interior rearview mirror and
side mirrors.
●Close all doors.
●Fasten the seat belts.
Intelligent Chassis Control
System (DiSus-C)*
04
USING AND DRIVING
●The DiSus-C system is an electronically
controlled shock absorber suspension
system, which adjusts the driving
comfort and stability by controlling
the damping force of the electronically
controlled shock absorber. Go to
the infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle→ Intelligent Chassis →
DiSus-C to select Comfort or Sport.
Comfort control
●Comfort control: During acceleration
and deceleration, the vehicle pitching
caused by load transfer is controlled by
the coordination of the electronically
controlled suspension damping and
the brake end pressure, which
improves the driving comfort.
●Go to the infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle → Intelligent Chassis to
Gear Shift Controls
Halaman 112
enable or disable comfort control and
choose Weak/Moderate/Strong.
CAUTION
●In case of emergency braking, its
effect may be reduced.
Gear Shift Controls
●The gear position of the gear actuator
is marked on the gearshift lever.
●"P" gear is for parking, press this
button to park the vehicle and the
parking indicator will light up. Press
the brake pedal to start the vehicle,
you may shift from "P" to another
position.
CAUTION
●To avoid injury, press the "P"
button only after the vehicle has
completely stopped.
●"R": Reverse, used only when the
vehicle has come to a complete stop.
●"N": Neutral, used for temporary stop.
Under all circumstances, always shift
to "P" before getting out.
●"D": Drive, shift to D position to drive
the vehicle normally.
●If the shift is successful, the lever
returns to its middle position after it is
released.
●Turn the ignition on before shifting
into "D".
●Shifting out of "P" or into "D" gear
requires pressing the brake pedal. For
details, see the prompt message on the
instrument cluster.
●To prevent unintended vehicle
movement, press the "P" button once
the vehicle has stopped completely.
The electronic parking brake (EPB) is
automatically applied and the EPB
indicator lights up.
WARNING
●If the motor is turned off and
the vehicle travels for a long
time after it is in the "N"
gear, the transmission may be
severely damaged due to lack of
lubrication.
●When the motor is running and
the vehicle is in the "R"/"D"
gear, always stop the vehicle by
stepping on the brake pedal, as
there is still force transmitted
from the actuator and the vehicle
can travel slowly even in its idle
condition.
●If you want to shift a gear while
driving forward, do not step on
the accelerator pedal to prevent
accidents.
●Never shift to "R" or press the
"P" button while the vehicle
is moving, in order to prevent
accidents.
●Never coast downhill in "N" or "P",
even if the motor is not running.
●If the EPB indicator does not
come on after shifting into P,
enable the EPB on the shortcut
menu or by going to infotainment
touchscreen
→ ADAS →
Safety Assist. In this case, contact
Automatic EPB Release upon Vehicle Start
Halaman 113
WARNING
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for inspection.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB)
EPB Switch
Be sure to engage the Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) every time before parking
and leaving the vehicle.
Engaging EPB Manually
Set EPB on the "EPB" option on
infotainment touchscreen, when you
press the brake pedal and EPB is
released, EPB applies an appropriate
parking force, the indicator on the
instrument cluster flashes and then is
steady on, indicating that EPB is engaged.
In addition, a text prompt "EPB activated"
is displayed.
CAUTION
●When
flashes, EPB is working.
If the vehicle is on a slope, do not
release the brake pedal until
is
steady on. Otherwise the vehicle
may move down.
Engaging EPB Automatically
Engaging EPB automatically when the
ignition is switched off
●When the ignition is switched off, EPB
engages automatically and
lights
up on the instrument cluster.
Engaging EPB automatically when
shifting into "P"
●Press the brake pedal to stop the
vehicle and shift into Park. EPB is
engaged automatically. Do not release
the brake pedal until the indicator on
the instrument cluster stops flashing
and becomes steady on and the "EPB
activated" message is displayed.
CAUTION
●The EPB is not automatically
engaged if you switch off
the ignition immediately after
pressing the EPB switch.
●When the vehicle needs to be
pushed, or towed after breaking
down, or its brake pad needs
to be repaired or replaced,
enable the EPB trailer mode
on the infotainment touchscreen
→ Service → Overhaul → EPB
towing.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●This function is designed to
improve vehicle safety. Excessive
reliance on or frequent use of the
function is not recommended. For
safety reasons, make sure that the
vehicle is shifted into "P" or the
EPB is engaged before getting off.
●The EPB system conducts power-
up self-check within several
seconds after the vehicle is
started. In this process, the system
does not respond to any function.
Automatic EPB Release upon Vehicle
Start
Releasing by shifting gear:
●On a flat road or small slope (gradient
less than 10°), with the vehicle parked,
start the vehicle, press and hold the
brake pedal, and shift the gear from
"P" or "N" into a driving gear like "D"
or "R". EPB is released automatically,
the indicator turns off, and a "EPB
released" message is displayed.
EPB Operating Sound
Halaman 114
CAUTION
●Be sure to always press and hold
the brake pedal when shifting
gears. Release the pedal only after
the intended gear is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
●The EPB system conducts power-
up self-check within several
seconds after the vehicle is
started. In this process, the system
does not respond to any function.
Releasing by pressing the accelerator
pedal
●When the vehicle has been started and
the gear is in a driving gear such as
Drive or Reverse, engage EPB on the
infotainment touchscreen, then simply
press the accelerator pedal slowly
to a certain degree. EPB is released
automatically and
turns off with
the message "EPB released" displayed.
Emergency Braking When Brake Pedal
Fails
●If braking fails or is blocked, continue
to press the "P" button for over two
seconds for emergency braking.
WARNING
●For safety considerations, refrain
from using the EPB for braking
in normal driving. If the brake
pedal fails or is blocked, use the
emergency braking function while
you can always keep the vehicle
under control and drive normally.
●For safety considerations, refrain
from using EPB for braking in
normal driving. It is preferred to
be used when the brake pedal
fails or is blocked.
WARNING
●As the EPB cannot go beyond the
physical limit of road adhesion,
activating the emergency brake
function may result in vehicle
drift, sideslip, or deflection when
the vehicle passes through bends
or dangerous/heavy-traffic road
sections, or when the vehicle
is driven under severe weather
conditions. Be careful to avoid any
possible accident.
EPB System Indicator
●When the vehicle is powered on, if the
EPB is engaged,
is solid on on the
instrument cluster.
●When the vehicle is powered off, if the
EPB is engaged,
comes on and then
turns off in about three seconds.
●When the vehicle is powered on, the
EPB system starts self-check.
turns
on and then turns off in about three
seconds. If it does not, the EPB or
braking system may be faulty. It is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
immediately.
EPB Operating Sound
●EPB motor noises can be heard while
the EPB is being engaged or released.
●If there is a burning smell or unusual
noises after emergency braking is
activated, contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider immediately.
WARNING
●To prevent the vehicle from
moving, the gearshift is not to
be used to replace EPB when
AVH Switch
Halaman 115
WARNING
parking. EPB must be used
instead, and the vehicle must be
in "P" gear.
●The EPB switch must not be
operated when the vehicle is
moving.
●When the EPB switch is pulled
or released, the brake pedal
must be pressed to prevent
the vehicle from moving, and
the subsequent locking of the
gearshift that occurs because
EPB cannot provide a sufficient
parking force.
Automatic Vehicle Hold
(AVH)
Auto Vehicle Hold (AVH): The automatic
vehicle hold (AVH) is activated
automatically when the moving vehicle
needs to be stationary for longer periods
of time, such as in traffic jams on a slope
or waiting at traffic lights.
AVH standby
●When the ignition is on, press the AVH
switch to enable the function. The AVH
standby indicator
is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
●Press the AVH switch again to disable
AVH.
AVH activated
●When the AVH standby indicator
is solid on, press and hold the brake
pedal until the vehicle stops (vehicle
speed reduces to zero) to activate AVH.
At this time, the vehicle is in AVH state
with
displayed on the instrument
cluster.
CAUTION
●For AVH to be activated, all of the
following conditions must be met:
●The driver's seat belt is fastened
and the doors are closed.
04
●Intelligent power braking system
and electronic park brake (EPB)
systems are normal.
USING AND DRIVING
●Pressing the accelerator pedal,
shifting into Park, or engaging the
EPB manually can make AVH exit
to the standby status.
●The AVH is off by factory default.
AVH running
●The AVH function runs normally when
it is activated, brake lights and the
high-mount brake light are on, and the
AVH indicator
is solid on on the
instrument cluster.
●The AVH function exits to the standby
mode after the vehicle stops for
10 minutes, with the AVH standby
indicator
lighting up and gear
shifted into Park.
●To activate AVH function, shift into
Drive to enable the vehicle to move
normally, and then press and hold
the brake pedal until the vehicle
stops (vehicle speed reduces to zero).
AVH exits
●When the AVH function runs normally,
the following actions make AVH exit
Driving Instructions
Halaman 116
and shift the vehicle from Drive to Park
automatically:
●Open the driver's door.
●Unlock the driver's seat belt.
●The gear status is in Drive when the
vehicle stops, and EPB is enabled.
●Press the AVH switch to disable AVH
when releasing the brake pedal.
AVH suppressed
●Shifting into Reverse, AVH goes into
slow-moving condition. When the
vehicle is reversing (R gear) or traveling
(shift into D gear from R gear) at a
low speed, AVH cannot be activated
and stays in standby status to improve
vehicle motion.
●To exit slow-moving mode, press the
AVH switch or drive at a speed above
10 km/h. The AVH function is on
standby and can be activated normally.
Slow-Moving Conditions
●When the gear is shifted into Reverse
and the vehicle moves slowly, AVH
goes into slow-moving condition.
When the vehicle is reversing (R gear)
or traveling (D gear) at a low speed,
AVH is suppressed to improve vehicle
motion.
●To exit slow-moving mode, push the
AVH switch or drive at a speed above
10km/h. Then the AVH function can be
activated normally.
Driving Precautions
●Drive slowly and carefully along gravel
roads. To prevent tire damage, do not
drive over sharp-edged obstacles.
●Slow down on bumpy or uneven roads.
Otherwise, the impact may seriously
damage wheels.
●Avoid driving through flooded areas as
much as possible.
●Slow down when driving against
strong winds.
●Drive carefully on slippery roads, such
as roads covered in ice, snow or sand,
or surfaces such as wet ceramic tiles or
epoxy resin. Avoid parking on slopes to
prevent vehicle sliding.
REMINDER
●The battery is located in the
vehicle's chassis. Make sure to
avoid bumping when driving.
●Before driving, make sure that
EPB is fully released and that the
EPB indicator light is off.
●Do not leave the vehicle when the
drive motor is running.
●Do not rest your feet on the
brake pedal and accelerator
pedal for a long time during
driving. Otherwise, this will cause
overheating, wear and waste of
electric energy.
●Remember to carry the smart key
when leaving the vehicle.
●Slow down when driving down
steep slopes, and avoid braking
too frequently to prevent disc
overheating, which affects brake
performance.
●Be careful when accelerating or
braking on slippery roads. Quick
acceleration or sudden braking
will cause the vehicle to skid or
deviate.
●Make sure no occupant sticks
their head or hands outside the
vehicle, specially when it comes to
children.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Halaman 117
REMINDER
●Large amounts of water
entering the engine compartment
can cause damage to the
power system and electrical
components.
WARNING
●Drivers must ensure the safety of
all vehicle occupants, and show
them how to handle the vehicle's
functions properly.
Winter Driving Precautions
●Make sure the coolant is freeze-proof.
●Use coolant of the same type as the
one used originally. Fill up coolant
into the cooling system based on
ambient temperature.
●Improper coolant damages the
cooling system.
●Check batteries and cables conditions.
●The low-voltage battery's capacity is
lower in cold weather, so they must
be fully charged in winter.
●Avoid door frost.
●Spray some deicing agent or glycerin
in the lock hole to prevent freezing.
●Use anti-freeze washer fluid.
●These can be found in DENZA
authorized dealers or service
providers and the auto parts stores.
●The water and anti-freeze ratio
must conform to manufacturer
instructions.
CAUTION
●Use special washer fluid to prevent
paint damage.
●Prevent ice and snow from going under
the fender liner.
●Steering is difficult with ice or
snow accumulating under the fender
liners. When driving in cold weather,
stop from time to time and check for
snow and ice under the fender liners.
●It is recommended to carry emergency
tools or items for different road
conditions.
04
●It is advisable to have snow chains,
window scraper, bags of sand and
salt, flashing signal, a shovel and
connecting cables in the vehicle.
USING AND DRIVING
Driver Assistance
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
●The Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
system, an extension of traditional
cruise control, uses a front mmWave
radar and a front camera to detect
the relative distance and speed of a
vehicle ahead, so as to control vehicle
speed accordingly for automatic
cruise control. The system switches
between regular cruise control and
ACC depending on whether there is a
vehicle ahead.
●Cruise speed and time interval from
the vehicle ahead can be set by using
the cruise buttons. You can set the
cruise control speed within the 30–130
km/h (20–80mph) range, or set a fixed
distance from the vehicle ahead to
cruise at speeds between 0 and 130
km/h (0–80mph).
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Halaman 118
Status Description
●ACC standby:
●Once enabled, the system is on
standby by default and can be
manually activated. If the vehicle
does not meet activation conditions,
it must be checked until such
conditions are met. At this time,
(with a variable cruise speed value) is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
●ACC activated:
●The system is operational. It
maintains the set speed or
automatically adjusts the distance
from the vehicle ahead. At this time,
(with a variable cruise speed
value) is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
●Over speed:
●When you step the accelerator pedal
while ACC is active, the vehicle
responds to your acceleration action
so that the ACC is temporarily
deactivated until you release the
pedal.
●ACC failure:
●There has been a failure in the
system. No operation can be
performed, and the ACC failure
indicator
is diaplayed on the
instrument cluster. Contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
ACC Activation Conditions
●The EPB is released.
●The vehicle is in Drive.
●The vehicle does not slide backwards.
●The trunk, hood, and all doors are
closed.
●Driver seat belt is fastened.
●The ESC system is on, but not activated
yet.
●Vehicle speed is not greater than 130
km/h (80 mph).
●Brake pedal is pressed at speed 0; or
brake pedal is not pressed at speeds
above 0.
●There is no vehicle network
communication failure prompt on the
instrument cluster.
●The AEB function is not activated.
Cruise Button Operation
ACC activation/exit button
●Press button ① to activate or exit
ACC. (The system is in standby when
activation conditions are met). (By
default, ACC activation by pressing
button ① sets the current speed as the
cruise speed. If the current speed is
below 30 km/h, the cruise speed is set
to 30 km/h.)
Resetting ACC
●When the ACC system is on standby
within the same ignition cycle, the
system memorizes the last speed
setting (on the instrument cluster).
Push up the lever ④ to revert to
the stored speed prior to exiting the
cruise system. If the system does not
memorizes any vehicle speed (ACC
is activated for the first time in this
cycle), the "RESET" button will not
activate the ACC.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Halaman 119
Increasing/Decreasing target speed
●When ACC is active, set the vehicle
to a speed within the 30-130 km/h
range by moving the lever ④. Toggle
the lever ④ up/down to increase/
decrease the vehicle speed by 5 km/h.
Press and hold the lever up/down
to continuously increase/decrease the
vehicle speed by 1 km/h.
Exiting ACC
●While ACC is active, pressing button
① for a second time or pressing the
brake pedal makes the ACC system go
on standby.
Setting vehicle distance
●The driver must select a safe vehicle
distance.
●The system adjusts vehicle speed to
keep a suitable distance from the
vehicle ahead on the same lane.
Pressing buttons ② and ③ on the
steering wheel adjusts vehicle distance
to any of the four available levels. At
each level, vehicle distance is in direct
proportion to vehicle speed. The faster
the speed, the longer the distance.
Increasing/Decreasing speed with ACC
active
●When ACC is activated, you can press
the accelerator pedal to reach the
set target cruise speed in advance.
The system then enters over speed
mode. At the target cruise speed,
if you accelerate without performing
any other operations, the vehicle
accelerates and then returns to target
cruise speed after the accelerator
pedal is released. If the you press
the brake pedal to slow down the
vehicle speed continuously, ACC goes
into standby mode. After the brake
is released, ACC will need to be
reactivated.
Follow-to-stop/start
●Controlled by ACC, the vehicle can
stop when the vehicle ahead stops in
normal driving conditions and resume
driving automatically following the
vehicle ahead if the stop is less than
30 seconds.
●If the vehicle stops for 30 seconds to
three minutes, press the accelerator
pedal or the button ① to start the
vehicle.
●If the vehicle stops for more than
three minutes, the ACC system enters
standby mode, with EPB engaged.
04
System Limitations
●The front mmWave radars are installed
in the front of the vehicle. Blockage
of its detection area by contaminants
can disturb the intended function. In
particular, if the sensor is covered by
snow completely, the ACC system exits
and informs of this on the instrument
cluster. System function will recover
after blockage is removed and the
vehicle is restarted or runs on normal
roads for a while.
USING AND DRIVING
●Front mmWave radar sensors may
have a transient function failure from
limited detection if the vehicle runs
under special conditions, such as
circular ramps or tunnels, for an
extended period. The function can be
recovered by restarting the vehicle or
driving on normal roads for a while.
●Reaching or leaving a curve may delay
or disturb target selection. In such
cases, the ACC vehicle may not brake
as expected or may brake late.
●On roads with sharp curves, such as
winding roads, the vehicle ahead may
be out of ACC sensor detection for
several seconds due to sensor vision
limitations, possibly causing the ACC
vehicle to accelerate automatically.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Halaman 120
●Traffic flow and weather conditions -
such as rain and fog - must be heeded
for setting vehicle distance on the
ACC system. After the ACC system is
properly set, the driver must ensure to
decelerate or stop the vehicle at any
time.
●The ACC system may not be able
to identify stationary or slow-moving
objects, such as vehicles, the end
of traffic, toll booths, bicycles, or
pedestrians. This means a risk of
collision and requires the driver to
beware of the surroundings.
●The ACC system cannot identify
pedestrians or oncoming vehicles.
●The ACC system can only achieve
limited braking instead of emergency
braking.
●Metal objects, such as rail or metal
plates used in road construction, may
interfere with front mmWave radars,
making it malfunction.
●Performance of front mmWave radar
sensors may be affected by vibration or
collision. Contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
●ACC cannot be activated if
special driving modes* such as tow/
snow/mud/sand/terrain are enabled.
Precautions
●ACC is a comfort system rather than
a safety system, obstacle detector or
collision warning system. The driver
must keep control of vehicle at all
times and be fully responsible for the
vehicle.
●The ACC assists the driver, but is not
a substitute for the driver. Drivers
must abide by traffic rules and keep
vehicle control at all times and be fully
responsible for their vehicles.
●For safety reasons, ACC cannot be
activated with ESC disabled.
●The ACC is suitable for highways and
roads in good conditions, rather than
complex urban or meandering roads.
●It is the driver's responsibility to keep
distance from the vehicle ahead. The
ACC system's vehicle distance meets
the minimum distance required in
driving environments in the country.
●Vehicle control is transferred to the
driver if the accelerator or brake pedal
is pressed with ACC active. As a result,
the ACC system cannot keep a safe
distance from the vehicle ahead.
●The ACC may have no or slow
responses to a vehicle ahead that
brakes suddenly (emergency stop),
resulting in a risk of late braking. In
such cases, there will be no take-over
request.
●In some cases, such as when the
vehicle ahead is going too slow, when
lane change is too fast, or when the
safe distance from the vehicle ahead
is too short, there is no adequate time
for the system to decrease the relative
speed, so response has to come from
the driver. The system cannot give
audio or visual warnings in every case.
●If ACC is activated with the vehicle
stationary, the system identifies any
stationary obstacle ahead and keeps
the vehicle still to ensure a safe
startup and prevent collision. However,
this function cannot identify all the
obstacles, so the driver must be alert
to the front obstacles or other traffic
participants.
●A short distance from an adjacent lane
(or a vehicle on an adjacent lane that
is too close to the ACC vehicle's lane)
may trigger ACC to brake.
●Vehicles coming into the ACC vehicle's
lane and within the detection range of
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Halaman 121
its front mmWave radars are identified
as target vehicles and prompt a
response accordingly, which may lead
to hard or late braking.
●Detection may be affected or delayed
in some environments. If the radar
cross section of the target (a
bicycle, four-wheeler, or pedestrian,
for example) is too small, the system
may not be able to establish its
distance, resulting in either late or
no response to those vehicles. In
such cases, vehicle speed must be
controlled by the driver. In addition,
detection may also be affected or
delayed by noise or electromagnetic
interference.
●ACC cannot target vehicles with too
small contact ratio, so the driver must
keep control of the vehicle.
●When the vehicle stops as it follows
a vehicle ahead, in rare cases, the
system does not recognize the end of
the vehicle ahead but the lower end of
the target (for example, the rear axle of
a truck with a high chassis or a vehicle
bumper). In such cases, the system
cannot ensure proper stop distance, so
the driver must stay alert and be ready
to brake.
●Changing the vehicle structure, such
as lowering the chassis or changing
the front license mounting plate, may
affect the ACC system.
●Do not use the ACC system when
visibility is poor, or when driving on
slopes, winding roads, or wet roads
(covered in ice/snow or flooded).
●When ACC is activated and the vehicle
is stationary behind another vehicle, if
the steering wheel is turned at a large
angle, ACC will judge that the driver
wants to change lanes and start, and
ACC will exit.
●When AVH is activated (the vehicle
is stationary), the activation of ACC
will cause the AVH to exit. Press the
ICC/ACC/RESET+ button again, and the
vehicle will idle (ACC exits) or cruise
(ACC does not exit).
●Make sure to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for professional calibration and
checking of front mmWave radars
or the front camera in any of the
following situations:
●The front mmWave radar, front
bumper, or front windshield has been
removed.
●Wheel alignment has been carried
out.
04
●The vehicle has experienced a
collision.
USING AND DRIVING
●ACC system performance has
degraded or the instrument cluster
has prompted an system error.
WARNING
●ACC serves as a driver assistance
function only, so the driver is fully
responsible for driving safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause ACC to fail.
●Use ACC based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC)
●The intelligent cruise control (ICC)
integrates ACC and lane centering
control (LCC). It helps control
the vehicle both longitudinally and
laterally at speeds between 0 and 130
km/h, easing the driving burden and
enhancing driving safety and comfort.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Halaman 122
●When the function is enabled, the
driver must always hold the steering
wheel and control the vehicle when
necessary.
●Longitudinal assistance, driven by the
ACC system, keeps the vehicle at a
fixed speed or a fixed distance from the
road user ahead.
ICC Activation Conditions
●The EPB is released.
●The vehicle is in Drive.
●The vehicle does not slide backwards.
●The trunk, hood, and all doors are
closed.
●Driver seat belt is fastened.
●The ESC system is on, but not activated
yet.
●Vehicle speed is not greater than 130
km/h.
●Brake pedal is pressed at speed 0; or
brake pedal is not pressed at speeds
above 0.
●There is no vehicle network
communication failure prompt on the
instrument cluster.
●The AEB function is not activated.
●Two-way lane lines are clear and the
vehicle is at the center of the lane.
How to Use
●Enable or disable ICC on the
infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS → Driving Assist. This function
can only be disabled on the
infotainment touchscreen when the
vehicle is in Park. When the vehicle
is started, the system defaults to
previous settings.
●With ICC enabled on the infotainment
touchscreen, press the button* on the
steering wheel to activate or exit ICC.
●(By default, when the function is
activated, the current speed is set as
the cruise speed. If the current speed
is below 30 km/h, the cruise speed is
set to 30 km/h.) When the speed is
between 30-130 km/h, set the speed by
Res+ and Set- on the steering wheel,
short press to increase/decrease by
5 km/h, long press to continuously
increase/decrease by 1 km/h.
●When the ICC function is enabled, the
standby state indicator lights up on the
instrument cluster.
.
●When the ICC function is activated, the
activated state indicator lights up on
the instrument cluster.
.
When ICC is operational, the vehicle
drives by the set speed or by
automatically adjusting the distance
from the vehicle ahead.
Precautions
●ICC integrates ACC and LCC. Therefore,
ACC function precautions must be
followed during use.
●When ICC is turned on and activated
at vehicle speeds between 0 km/h and
130 km/h:
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Halaman 123
●If there is no lane lines ahead,
transverse ICC control is suppressed
and only ACC works. In that case, ICC
system is standby.
●If lane lines ahead are clear and
recognizable, transverse ICC control
is activated automatically. In that
case, ICC system is activated.
●The ICC system is a driving assistance
system, not an automatic driving
system. The driver should keep control
of the vehicle at all times, and their
hands should not leave the steering
wheel for a long time. Otherwise, the
system will exit after prompting the
driver to take over the control.
●The ICC system can be affected by
weather conditions, lighting and clarity
of lane lines. Performance degrades
significantly in situations such as
backlighting, sunset, snow covered
roads, and severely damaged roads.
●Do not use the ICC system on
winding roads with sharp turns,
icy and slippery bends, or under
weather conditions, such as dense fog,
heavy rain and heavy snow, liable to
hinder the sensing operation of front
mmWave radars or the front camera.
●ICC cannot be activated if special
driving modes* such as tow/
snow/mud/sand/terrain are enabled.
●Situations where ICC cannot be used
include:
●The sensor is blocked.
●The vehicle is running under severe
weather conditions.
●Active safety function has been
triggered.
●Vehicle speed exceeds the specified
range.
●The road is too curvy.
CAUTION
●ICC serves as a driver assistance
function only, so the driver must
be fully responsible for driving
safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause ICC to fail.
●When the vehicle passes through
a too curvy road, it may
exceed the system's ability
to pass through the curve
and automatically exit the ICC
function. The driver should always
be aware to the road environment
and function status.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●Use ICC based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Forward Collision
Warning (FCW) and
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
detect vehicles and pedestrians ahead by
using front mmWave radar and a camera.
When detecting a risk of collision, the
system gives audible and visual alarms
to alert the driver and improves the
potential braking pressure for better
response timing. If detecting increased
risk of collision, the system automatically
applies braking pressure to assist in
collision avoidance or impact reduction.
How to Use
●To enable or disable FCW and
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB),
go to the infotainment touchscreen
→ADAS→Safety Assist.
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Halaman 124
●PCW gives alarms in forms of audio,
messages, and intermittent braking.
●When FCW is activated,
or
is displayed on the instrument cluster
depending on the level of emergency,
and audible and textual prompts are
given.
●When AEB is triggered,
and
audible and textual prompts are
displayed on the instrument cluster.
●When the function is disabled,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
●In the event of malfunction,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
FCW Activation Conditions
All the following conditions must be met:
●This function has been turned on in
Vehicle Settings.
●Vehicle speed is within the
30~150km/h.
●The vehicle is in Drive.
AEB activation conditions
All the following conditions must be met:
●This function has been turned on in
Vehicle Settings.
●Vehicle speed is within the 4~150km/h.
●The EPB is released.
●The vehicle is in Drive.
●The vehicle does not slide backwards.
●The trunk, hood, and all doors are
closed.
●Driver seat belt is fastened.
●The ESC system is on, but not activated
yet.
System Limitations
●Detection may be affected or delayed
in some environments. If the radar
cross section of the target (a
bicycle, three-wheelers, four-wheeler,
or motorized bicycle, or motorcycle,
for example) is too small, the system
may not be able to establish its
distance, resulting in either late or no
response to those vehicles.
●PCW and AEB may be affected or give
no response in the following cases:
●On rainy, snowy or foggy days, or
exposure to direct sunlight or glaring
lights, or significantly varying lighting
conditions.
●Dirty, hazy, damaged or blocked
sensor.
●Malfunction of front mmWave radars
due to interference from other front
millimeter-wave radar sources such
as strong radar reflection in multi-
story parking lots.
●In complex traffic, the system may
be unable to properly respond to the
following circumstances:
●Pedestrians or vehicles move too
quickly into the sensor's detection
range.
●Pedestrians are obscured by other
objects.
●Pedestrian outlines are
indistinguishable from the
surroundings.
●Pedestrians are not detected, due
to, for example, coverage by special
clothing or other materials.
●The vehicle is on a sharp curve.
Precautions
●The AEB system cannot ensure zero
collision. In complex traffic, the system
cannot always clearly identify all the
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Halaman 125
vehicles or pedestrians. It may trigger
unnecessary warning or braking action
for well covers, iron plates or road
signs.
●Make sure to drive safely and observe
surrounding traffic conditions. The AEB
is not a substitute for normal braking
operation in any event.
●Do not overly rely on the PEB system
as this may result in severe injuries or
deaths. The system is only an auxiliary
safety tool. The driver must always
keep a safe distance from vehicles
ahead, control the speed, and be ready
to brake or steer away when necessary.
The driver must keep control of the
vehicle at all times and be fully
responsible for safe driving.
●The AEB system is activated only
when it exceeds certain speeds. Careful
driving is always required, because the
system may not be triggered correctly.
●The AEB system is activated at vehicle
speeds above 4 km/h, but it can
only reduce vehicle speed by up to
60 km/h. Careful driving is always
required, because the system may not
be triggered correctly.
●The AEB system cannot work normally
when the ESC function is disabled or
the fault light is on.
●If FCW gives an alarm, the driver must
brake based on traffic conditions to
decrease vehicle speed or steer away
from obstacles.
●If the vehicle travels too close to
the vehicle ahead for too long, a
safety distance warning will be given.
If the vehicle ahead brakes suddenly,
collision may be unavoidable.
●The system will not trigger AEB when
the driver is aware of an emergency
warning but turns the steering wheel,
accelerates or brakes.
●Front mmWave radar sensors may
have a transient function failure from
limited detection if the vehicle runs
under special conditions, such as
circular ramps or tunnels, for an
extended period. The function can be
recovered by restarting the vehicle or
driving on normal roads for a while.
●Sometimes the surfaces of front
mmWave radars or the front camera
are dirty or obscured by foreign
objects. In this case, a message
is displayed on the instrument
cluster(dirt or foreign objects on the
surface may blind the sensors), the
foreign objects on the sensors should
be removed. The functions will return
normal after the sensor is cleaned.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●As the pedestrian protection function
is limited by certain physical
conditions, the driver must take timely
and effective control of the vehicle
under dangerous conditions.
●The system cannot completely protect
pedestrians or avoid accidents and
severe injuries on its own.
●Under certain complex conditions,
such as on winding roads, the
pedestrian protection function may
trigger unnecessary warning or
braking.
●System failure may trigger
unnecessary warnings or braking. This
may be caused, for example, by the
misalignment of the front mmWave
radar or front camera.
●The brake pedal becomes harder if
AEB is triggered. A large amount of
hydraulic pressure will be required to
push the caliper in a short time and
there will be a sizzling noise.
●The PCW system is triggered only
when the doors are closed and the
seat belt is fastened. In the following
circumstances, it will fail to work in the
following cases:
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
Halaman 126
●Any door is not closed or it is opened
when the vehicle is moving.
●The seat belt is not fastened or it
is unfastened when the vehicle is
moving.
●The driver accelerates or decelerates
rapidly or turns the steering wheel
quickly.
●System performance may be reduced
in the following cases:
●Strong front bumper impact from
accidents or other causes.
●Improperly inflated or worn out tires.
●Unqualified tires installed.
●Snow chains installed.
●Use of a small spare tire or tire repair
kit.
●Make sure to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for professional calibration of front
mmWave radars or the front camera in
any of the following situations:
●The front mmWave radar or front
camera has been removed.
●Toe-in or rear camber has been
adjusted during wheel alignment.
●The vehicle experienced a collision.
●ACC system performance has
degraded or become abnormal.
●Do not attempt to test the PEB system
on your own using objects such as
carton, iron plate, dummy, etc. The
system may not work properly and
thus result in accidents.
CAUTION
●FCW and AEB serve as driver
assistance functions only, so the
driver is fully responsible for
driving safety.
CAUTION
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause FCW and AEB to fail.
●Use FCW and AEB based on
your needs, traffic, and road
conditions.
Front Cross Traffic Alert
(FCTA) and Front Cross
Traffic Brake (FCTB)
Front cross traffic alert (FCTA) and
front cross traffic braking (FCTB) detects
vehicles crossing the driveway at the
front through mmWave radars on both
sides of the front bumper to alert
the driver and engage the brake if
necessary. At low vehicle speeds, when
the system detects a risk of collision with
a vehicle crossing the driveway at the
front, it provides the driver with visual
and audible alerts; in the event of an
impending collision, the vehicle brakes
automatically.
How to Use
●Enable or disable the FCTA and FCTB
on the infotainment touchscreen
→ ADAS → Safety Assist. When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults
to previous settings.
●When FCTA is activated, an audible
alarm sounds.
●When FCTB is activated,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster
and an audible alarm sounds, with AEB
automatically braking the vehicle.
●In the event of FCTA/FCTB malfunction,
is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)*
Halaman 127
Precautions
●While the system provides assistance
in monitoring front left and right
sides, it cannot replace the driver's
observation and judgment. The driver
must keep control of vehicle at all
times and drive properly and is fully
responsible for the vehicle.
●When a target vehicle is approaching
from the side at a high speed, the
FCTA/FCTB system may not be able to
provide adequate warning.
●The driver must ensure the normal
operation of the system, keeping
mmWave radars on both side of
the bumper in good condition.
For example, dirt, snow, or other
obstructions need to be cleared right
away.
●In addition, detection may also be
affected or delayed by noise or
electromagnetic interference.
●Under some circumstances, it is
difficult for the system to assist the
driver, and detection may be affected
or delayed. Possible circumstances
include, but are not limited to:
●The vehicle coming from the side
suddenly changes the lane.
●The target vehicle is obscured.
●The radar cross section of the target
(for example, a bicycle or electric
moped) is too small.
●The vehicle is running under severe
weather, such as rain or snow.
●MmWave radar(s) come off, are
loosely installed, or are blocked.
●The vehicle encounters complex
metal guardrails or similar road
conditions.
●The system does not work when:
●Targets are outside the mmWave
radar's detection range.
●FCTA or FCTB is switched off.
●The vehicle is not in Drive.
●Four doors are open.
●System initialization has not been
complete yet.
●MmWave radar(s) fail.
●Vehicles coming from the front left
or right side are detected too late at
sharp turns, slopes, or other settings.
●Influence of vibration or collision on
mmWave radar sensor calibration can
degrade system performance. In this
case, contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
04
USING AND DRIVING
WARNING
●FCTA/FCTB serves as a driver
assistance function only, so the
driver must be fully responsible
for driving safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause FCTA/FCTB to fail or lead to
late braking.
●Use FCTA/FCTB based on
your needs, traffic, and road
conditions.
Traffic Sign Recognition
(TSR)*
Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system
recognizes speed limit signs through the
front view camera. It displays such signs
on the current road on the instrument
cluster and emits alarms when the vehicle
speed exceeds the detected speed limit.
Intelligent Speed Limit Control (ISLC)*
Halaman 128
How to Use
●Enable or disable TSR on the
infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS → Safety Assist. When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults
to previous settings.
●When the TSR system identifies the
current traffic sign, the identified
speed limit icon is displayed on the
instrument cluster (for example,
).
●When the TSR system is disabled or
identifies no traffic sign, no icon is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Precautions
●The speed limit icon disappears from
the instrument cluster within a certain
distance after system recognition. The
driver must control speed within
range.
●The TSR system can identify speed
limit signs only, and will not control
speed. The control over the vehicle
always vests in the driver. Please drive
properly.
●When there are several speed limit
signs on side-by-side lanes, the system
recognizes the limit sign of current
lane to display the speed limit alert
icon. The driver must remain in the
correct lane.
●Weight limit signs not in standard
size as per national regulations may
mistakenly be identified as speed limit
signs.
●If a speed limit sign is unclear or
distorted, inclined, reflective, partly
blocked or covered, the camera may
be unable to recognize the sign
completely or clearly.
●TSR performance depends on weather
conditions, lighting, and sign visibility.
The system may fail to or incorrectly
identify the sign at night or sunset,
in rainy, foggy, hazy, snowy or dusty
environment, when light is coming
from the back of the vehicle, or when
there is a sudden change in lighting.
●In case there is a collision or the
camera sensor has been reassembled,
it is recommended to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for sensor calibration so as to avoid
affecting system performance.
WARNING
●TSR serves as a driver assistance
function only, so the driver must
be fully responsible for driving
safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause TSR to fail or lead to late
alarms.
●Use TSR based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Intelligent Speed Limit
Control (ISLC)*
●The intelligent speed limit control
(ISLC) system integrates the functions
of ACC and TSR. After the system is
activated, when a speed limit sign is
identified and the vehicle is speeding,
the system will issue a prompt to ask
whether to adjust the ACC cruise speed
to the recognized speed limit value.
After confirmation from the driver, the
system will automatically set the ACC
cruise speed to the recognized speed
limit value and sensitivity, so that the
vehicle will not overspeed.
●This function is accessible at the
30-150 km/h speed range.
Intelligent High Beam Control (IHBC)
Halaman 129
How to Use
●Enable or disable ISLC on the
infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS→Safety Assist→TSR. When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults
to previous settings.
●When TSR is disabled, ISLC also ceases
to function.
●With TSR on, ISLC can be enabled or
disabled depending on your needs.
●ISLC can be activated provided that
ACC is active.
Precautions
●ISLC integrates ACC and TSR.
Therefore, ACC and TSR function
precautions must be followed during
use.
●The intelligent cruise control system
is a driving assistance system, so the
driver should keep control of vehicle at
all times.
●ISLC performance depends on weather
conditions, lighting, and traffic sign
visibility. The system may fail to or
incorrectly identify the sign at night
or sunset, in rainy, foggy, hazy, snowy
or dusty environment, when light is
coming from the back of the vehicle,
or when there is a sudden change in
lighting.
WARNING
●ISLC only serves as a driver
assistance function, so the driver
must be fully responsible for
driving safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause ISLC to fail or lead to late
alarms.
WARNING
●Use ISLC based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Intelligent High Beam
Control (IHBC)
Intelligent High Beam Control (IHBC)
system assesses current driving
conditions by using front camera
sensors and automatically activates or
deactivates the high beam accordingly,
when vehicle speed exceeds 35 km/h.
04
How to Use
USING AND DRIVING
●Enable or disable IHBC on the
infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS → Safety Assist. When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults
to previous settings.
●With the function enabled, when you
set the light switch to the Auto
position, the light meets conditions
and vehicle speed exceeds 35 km/h,
the system automatically switches
between low and high beams based on
the current driving environment. When
the function is activated, the IHBC icon
will light up on the instrument
cluster.
●When the IHBC function is enabled, the
standby state indicator
lights up
on the instrument cluster.
●When the IHBC function is activated,
the activated state indicator
lights
up on the instrument cluster.
●When the IHBC malfunctions, the
fault indicator
lights up on the
instrument cluster.
Lane Support System (LSS)*
Halaman 130
Precautions
●The IHBC system is an auxiliary
light control function. While it is
recommended to use the system
at high vehicle speeds, the system
cannot completely replace the driver's
judgment. The driver must observe
road regulations and actively switch
between high and low beams
according to road condition changes at
all times.
●Beam switching is suppressed if the
vehicle is in a high dynamic state, for
example when ABS or ESC is activated.
●IHBC system exits when you turn fog
lights or all-weather lights on, set
wipers to fast mode, are backing up,
or set the light switch to a position
other than auto lights, or when the
environment has too much lighting.
●Even when IHBC is working, the driver
must respond to possible situations
where the IHBC is triggered in error
or fails to work due to unavoidable
environmental factors and conditions.
Typical situations are:
●The driver's stick operation to switch
to the high beam is prioritized.
●The weather, such as fog, rain
or snow, is extremely terrible for
driving.
●There are traffic participants with
poor lighting (such as pedestrians
and bicycles), railways or waterways
nearby, or wild animals on the roads.
●There are strongly reflective objects
around, such as traffic signs on
highways and water reflection on the
road surface.
●The front windshield is dirty, covered
in mist, or blocked by stickers or
decorations.
●In case there is a collision or the
sensor has been reassembled, it is
recommended to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for sensor calibration so as to avoid
affecting system performance.
WARNING
●HMA serves as a driver assistance
function only, so the driver must
be fully responsible for driving
safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause HMA to fail.
●Use HMA based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Lane Departure Assist
(LDA)*
Lane Departure Assist (LDA) contains two
sub-functions: Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention
(LDP). LDW and LDP work within the
speed of 60–150km/h.
●Lane departure warning (LDW)
●The function identifies the front lane
lines by the front camera on the
upper front windshield. When the
driver unconsciously departs from
the current lane, the system issues
instrument icons, buzzer sounds, or
steering wheel vibration alarms to
alert the driver by computing the
relative distance between the vehicle
and lane lines and considering the
surroundings.
●LDW is turned on by factory default,
and the alarm mode defaults to
steering wheel vibration. When lane
lines are detected, instrument lanes
are white or gray; when LDW
is activated, instrument lanes of
departure side will turn red.
●Lane departure prevention (LDP)
Lane Support System (LSS)*
Halaman 131
●The function identifies the front
lane lines by the front camera on
the upper front windshield. When
the driver unconsciously departs
from the current lane, the system
controls the steering wheel to correct
lane departure after calculating the
relative position of the vehicle
and lane lines and considering the
surroundings.
●LDP is turned off by factory default
and can be activated manually.
●During the activation of LDP, the
system gives an alarm when the
driver's hands are off the steering
wheel. Hands-off alarm includes
prompt messages, icons, and sounds.
How to Use
●To enable or disable LDW and LDP,
go to infotainment touchscreen
→ ADAS → Safety Assist → Lane
Support System (LSS). When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults
to previous settings.
●To adjust the alerting way of LDW and
LDP, go to infotainment touchscreen
→ ADAS → Safety Assist → Lane
Assist System.
Warnings of LDW and LDP include:
Sound, touch (steering wheel
vibration) or both.
●When LDW or LDP is enabled,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
When LDW and LDP are both enabled,
the icon disappears on the instrument
cluster.
●LDP activates with the lane lines of
departure side turning blue on the
instrument cluster.
●After LDP is activated, if the driver's
hands are off the steering wheel, a
prompt message is displayed on the
instrument cluster to remind the driver
to hold the steering wheel. Hands-off
alarm varies with the driver's hands-off
frequency in a short time. The message
"Please turn the steering wheel gently"
displays on the instrument cluster for
the first hands-off; "Please hold the
steering wheel" for the second; "Please
take over immediately" for the third
and above.
●When LDW or LDP fails,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster
with a reminder sound and a pop-up
prompt message.
04
System Limitations
The detection of lane lines by the
front camera is easily interfered by the
environment. The following situations
may lead to failure or performance
degradation of the system:
USING AND DRIVING
●Poor visibility on snowy, rainy, or foggy
days
●Dirty or fogged front windshield, or
blocked front camera.
●Glaring from direct sunlight, reflection
in puddles, or oncoming vehicles
●Sudden changes in light, such as when
the vehicle is entering or exiting a
tunnel
●Lane lines obscured by tree shadows
on roads in direct sunlight on sunny
days
Precautions
●LDW will be suppressed if a turn signal
is used and the vehicle changes lane as
indicated by the turn signal.
●LDW may be suppressed if the vehicle
travels over lane lines, or lane lines
are unclear, too thin, worn, blurred or
covered by dirt/snow.
Emergency Lane Keeping Assist (ELKA)*
Halaman 132
●LDW may be suppressed if the lane is
too wide or too narrow, the number
of lanes increases or decreases, lane
markings change suddenly on ramps
or exits, or in situations of complex line
arrangements.
●LDW may be suppressed on slopes or
winding roads when the vehicle travels
too close to the vehicle ahead or when
the vehicle ahead obscures lane lines.
●LDW may be suppressed when the
vehicle jolts, accelerates or decelerates
too quickly, or takes a sharp turn.
●The system operation may be affected
if the windshield within the camera
visual field is cracked, if the glass
is dyed or inadequately coated; or
if any reflecting object is placed on
the dashboard or any other object
interferes with camera sight.
●LDA system tries to keep the vehicle
from deviating from its own lane, but it
cannot keep the vehicle running in the
middle of the lane.
●For safety reasons, do not test LDW
function on your own. The view of
front camera cannot be blocked by
obejects or exposed to strong light.
The function will be temporarily exit
if the view is temporarily covered
and disturbed by strong light and
will recover once conditions return
to normal. If it does not, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
●Disabling the LDW is recommended
under any of the following
circumstances:
●Driving in a sporty style.
●Severe weather conditions.
●On uneven roads
●Situations where lane lines may not be
identified include, but are not limited
to:
●Unclear lane lines
●Incomplete lane lines
●Situations that may result in detection
failure of the camera or late activation
of the function include but are not
limited to:
●Camera coming off, loosely installed,
or blocked.
●The vehicle is running under extreme
weather, such as rain, snow, or smog.
●Partially or completely blocked
camera lens.
WARNING
●LDA serves as a driver assistance
function only, so the driver must
be fully responsible for driving
safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause LDA to fail.
●Use LDA based on your needs
along with traffic and road
conditions.
Emergency Lane Keeping
Assist (ELKA)*
The Emergent Lane Keeping Assist
(ELKA) system identifies lane lines
ahead through the high-definition camera
installed on the front windshield and
identifies vehicles approaching from
behind on the adjacent lanes through
rear corner mmWave radars. It works
when the driver unconsciously departs
from lane lines or starts to change
lanes, so as to avoid the unintentional
crossing of road edges and collisions
with oncoming vehicles in the opposite
direction or the overtaking vehicles on
the adjacent lanes. When the system
Emergency Lane Keeping Assist (ELKA)*
Halaman 133
judges that there is a risk of deviation
or collision between the vehicle and the
target vehicles, it activates the Electrical
Power Steering (EPS) to provide reverse
torque to keep the vehicle in the current
lane.
●ELKA works within the speed of 60km/
h~150km/h.
●During the activation of ELKA, the
system gives an alarm when the
driver's hands are off the steering
wheel. Hands-off alarm includes
prompt messages, icons, and buzzer
sounds.
How to Use
To enable or disable ELKA by going to
infotainment touchscreen
→ ADAS
→ Safety Assist. The system is off by
default.
●When ELKA is enabled,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster
with a prompt message and a buzzer
sound.
●When ELKA is enabled, if the driver's
hands are off the steering wheel, an
icon is displayed on the instrument
cluster to alert the driver.
●In the event of ELKA malfunction,
is displayed on the instrument cluster.
Contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
System Limitations
ELKA may detect incorrect or no lane
lines in complex traffic. In the following
cases, the system may fail to work or its
performance degrades significantly.
●Poor visibility on snowy, rainy, or foggy
days
●Dirty or fogged windshield, or blocked
multi-purpose camera.
●Glaring from direct sunlight, reflection
in puddles, or oncoming vehicles
●Sudden changes in light, such as when
the vehicle is entering or exiting a
tunnel
●Lane lines obscured by tree shadows
on roads in direct sunlight on sunny
days
●Unidentifiable road boundary with
grass, soil, or curb
Precautions
●Situations where lane lines may not be
identified include, but are not limited
to:
04
●Pedestrians, animals, and specialty
or specially-shaped vehicles
USING AND DRIVING
●Unclear or incomplete lane lines
●Situations that may result in detection
failure of the camera or late alarm
include but are not limited to:
●Camera coming off, loosely installed,
or blocked.
●The vehicle is running under extreme
weather, such as rain, snow, or smog.
●Partially or completely blocked
camera lens.
●Situations that may result in detection
failure of mmWave radars or late
alarms include, but are not limited to:
●MmWave radar(s) come off, are
loosely installed, or are blocked.
●The vehicle is running under extreme
weather, such as rain, snow, or smog.
●The vehicle encounters certain metal
guardrails or similar road conditions.
Blind Spot Assist (BSA)
Halaman 134
WARNING
●ELKA serves as a driving
assistance function only, so the
driver is fully responsible for
driving safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause ELKA to fail.
●Use ELKA based on your needs,
traffic, and road conditions.
Blind Spot Assist (BSA)
Blind Spot Assist (BSA) includes Door
Open Warning (DOW), Rear Collision
Warning (RCW)*, Rear Collision Traffic
Alert (RCTA), Rear Cross Traffic Braking
(RCTB)* and Rear Cross Traffic Braking
(RCTB)*. It detects environment behind
the vehicle through radars installed on
both sides of the rear bumper so as to
remind the driver of safe driving.
Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
●At vehicle speeds between 15-150
km/h, if a rear corner mmWave radar
detects a vehicle in blind spots on an
adjacent lane or a vehicle approaching
quickly on the adjacent lane, the
indicator on the corresponding side
mirror lights up. If the turn signal for
the same side is turned on at this
moment, the alarm indicator on the
side mirror flashes to alert the driver of
a risky lane change, please drive safely.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)*
●When the vehicle is reversing at a
speed no more than 15 km/h, the
RCTA system detects the vehicles
traveling in the blind spot at the back
through rear corner mmWave radars. If
the system determines that a vehicle
approaching from behind poses a risk
of collision, the side mirror warning
indicators flash and an audible alarm
is given to alert the driver, reducing the
possibility of collision.
Rear Cross Traffic Braking (RCTB)*
●When the vehicle is reversing at a
speed no more than 9 km/h, the RCTA
system detects the vehicles traveling
in the blind spot at the back through
rear corner mmWave radars. If the
system determines that a vehicle
approaching from behind poses a risk
of collision, it performs emergency
braking automatically.
Rear collision warning (RCW)
●At vehicle speeds between 5 km/h and
146 km/h, if the rear corner mmWave
radar detects a risk of collision with
a vehicle approaching quickly from
behind on the current lane, the hazard
warning light turns on to warn the
driver in that vehicle against a possible
collision.
Door open warning (DOW)
●DOW is realized with rear corner
mmWave radars installed on both sides
of the rear bumper. When the vehicle
is stationary with doors unlocked,
the system keeps indicators on side
mirrors solid on to warn the driver if
moving objects, such as bicycles or
automobiles, approach from behind
on an adjacent lane. At the same time,
a prompt message is displayed on
the instrument cluster. If the driver
attempts to open the door at this time,
indicators on side mirrors begin to
flash and a chime sounds.
Blind Spot Assist (BSA)
Halaman 135
How to Use
To enable or disable BSD, DOW*, RCW,
RCTA or RCTB, use the physical switch*
or go to the infotainment touchscreen
→ ADAS→ Safety Assist. When the
vehicle is started, the system defaults to
previous settings.
●When the BSA functions are disabled,
no indicator lights up on the
instrument cluster.
●When the BSA function is enabled, the
standby state indicator
lights up
on the instrument cluster.
●When the BSA function is activated, the
activated state indicator
lights up
on the instrument cluster.
●When the BSA malfunctions,
is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Precautions
●While the BSD system provides
assistance in monitoring blind spots
of rearview mirrors, it cannot replace
the driver's observation and judgment.
The driver must keep control of vehicle
at all times and drive properly and is
fully responsible for the vehicle.
●The BSD system may be unable to
provide adequate warning on target
vehicles approaching from behind at a
high speed.
●The driver must ensure the normal
operation of the BSD system, keeping
its rear corner mmWave radars in good
condition. For example, dirt, snow, or
other obstructions need to be cleared
right away.
●Detection may be affected or delayed
in some environments. If the radar
cross section of the target vehicle is
too small (a bicycle, electric moped,
or pedestrian, for example), the system
may fail to identify targets and raise
false alarms. In addition, detection
may also be affected or delayed by
noise or electromagnetic interference.
●If unrelated targets at the rear side
or in the rear (such as large roadside
barriers used during road repair, large
billboards by the road, reflectors in
tunnels, or other objects with a large
reflection cross-sectional area) are
wrongly selected as target vehicles, the
BSD system will give an alert.
●Targets that may not be responded
include, but are not limited to,
Pedestrians, animals, and vehicles
traveling in opposite direction.
04
●Situations where lane lines may not be
identified include, but are not limited
to: motorcycles, scooters, tricycles,
bicycles, and pedestrians.
USING AND DRIVING
System Limitations
●Under some circumstances, it is
difficult for the system to assist the
driver, and detection may be affected
or delayed. Possible circumstances
include, but are not limited to:
●The vehicle coming from behind
changes the lane suddenly.
●Vehicles coming from behind are
detected too late at sharp turns,
slopes, or other settings.
●Vehicles come from behind at a
relative speed above 60 km/h.
●The target vehicle is obscured.
●The vehicle is on a curve which is
too sharp, or is entering or exiting a
curve.
●The vehicle is running under severe
weather, such as rain or snow.
●Rear corner mmWave radar(s) come
off, are loosely installed, or are
blocked.
Driver Monitoring Systems (DMS)*
Halaman 136
●The vehicle encounters certain metal
guardrails or similar road conditions.
●Targets that may not be responded
include, but are not limited to,
pedestrians and animals.
●The environment contains
electromagnetic interference or
other influences.
●Vibration or collision influence on
sensor calibration of BSD's rear corner
mmWave radars can degrade system
performance. In this case, contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
WARNING
●Blind spot assist serves as a driver
assistance function only, so the
driver must be fully responsible
for driving safety.
●Influence of weather, road
conditions, and other factors may
cause blind spot assist to fail or
lead to late alarms.
●Use blind spot assist based on
your needs, traffic, and road
conditions.
Driver Monitoring
Systems (DMS)*
Driver monitoring system (DMS),
including fatigue and distraction warning,
is designed to monitor and assess the
driving status by taking photos of the
cabin with a camera. The photos will
not be saved or uploaded to the server.
Instead, they will be deleted immediately
after the judgement is complete. Based
on the assessment results, the system
reminds the driver of safe and careful
driving.
The icon of DMS status is displayed in the
status bar on the instrument cluster to
prompt the user of its current status.
How to Use
●The camera for DMS is mounted on
the A-pillar of the driver's side. Make
sure the slide cover* is open and the
camera is unobstructed before use.
If the camera is obstructed, no valid
photos can be taken although the
camera is still operational. Therefore,
the function fails to work properly.
●When the ignition switched on, set
the driver monitoring systems on
the infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle → Cabin Perception.
●When the function is disabled, the
camera is monitoring normally, but
does not send any reminder to the
driver.
Driver fatigue warning
●With the vehicle speed meeting the
system activation condition, driver
monitoring systems enabled and
Head-up Display (HUD)
Halaman 137
the camera unobstructed, when the
system detects signs of fatigue, such
as closing eyes, yawning, or driving
for a long time, it alerts the driver
promptly through a visual warning
on the instrument cluster, or through
intelligent voice or an audible alarm.
Driver distraction warning
●With the vehicle speed meeting the
system activation condition, driver
distraction warning enabled and
the camera unobstructed, when the
system detects signs of distraction, for
example, the sight deviates from the
front for a long time, and there is
no steering action or the turn signals
are not turned on, it alerts the driver
promptly through a visual warning
on the instrument cluster, or through
intelligent voice or an audible alarm.
REMINDER
●Clean the DMS camera lens with a
clean and soft cloth and exercise
caution to prevent any damage to
the surface.
Precautions
●The driver monitoring system is
only an auxiliary system and is
not capable of effective recognition
and alarm-raising in all situations. It
cannot completely replace the driver's
subjective observation and judgment.
The driver must maintain control of the
vehicle at all times, complying with all
road laws and regulations, and taking
full responsibility for the vehicle.
●The proper functioning and accuracy
of the driver monitoring assistance can
be affected by a number of situations,
including but not limited to:
●Driver monitoring system is disabled.
●The camera is obstructed or the slide
cover is not fully open.
●The camera is directly exposed to
strong light.
●Part of the driver's face is exposed to
light or the complete facial features
are hard to recognize.
●The driver wears infrared-blocking
glasses.
●The driver wears a mask or
something that covers the mouth.
●The driver is not properly seated or
the driver's face is in the blind spot of
the camera.
04
WARNING
USING AND DRIVING
●The driver should pull over the
vehicle as soon as possible when
feeling tired.
Head-up Display (HUD)*
Head-Up Display (HUD): The head-up
display (HUD) function projects important
information, including vehicle speed,
navigation, speed limit, ACC, lane
departure, and BSD into the driver's
field of view on the front windshield. It
improves driving safety by preventing the
driver from frequently changing the focus
of their eyes.
How to Use
●To enable or disable HUD, go to
infotainment touchscreen
→
Vehicle.
●By factory default, the switch is
toggled on and a HUD image is
displayed. When the switch is toggled
off, no HUD image is displayed.
The system defaults to the previous
settings when the vehicle restarts.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Halaman 138
●Height adjusting: Used to adjust
the height of HUD virtual image in
between -10 and 10. A total of 21
values are available, and the default
value is 0.
●Brightness Adjusting: Used to adjust
the height of HUD virtual image in
between 1 and 11. A total of 11 values
are available, and the default value is
6.
●Whirling Adjusting: adjust the angle
of HUD virtual image. A total of 11
values are available, and the default
value is 0°.
●Mode Setting: select Classic (default
setting) or Snow mode according to
the environment of the vehicle.
●Settings optional for display: safe
driving assistance or navigation. They
are enabled by default. Tap the
button to select the setting for HUD
display. Tap the button again to
deselect and close the item.
CAUTION
●Please make sure HUD is not
blocked.
●Wipe the dust on the dust-proof
board with soft cotton cloth or
paper towel.
●No water or other liquid is allowed
to flow into the opening of the
head-up display.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
●The direct tire pressure monitoring
system is an auxiliary system that
monitors tire pressure in real time to
improve vehicle safety and comfort
and reduce tire wear and energy
consumption due to insufficient tire
pressure.
●You can access the instrument cluster
menu by pressing the
button on the
steering wheel, navigate to the driving
information bar by pressing the
and
buttons, and then select the
tire pressure display screen using the
scroll button.
Tire pressure system alarm
●When the pressure of any tire is
lower than 75% of the standard tire
pressure and the system is running, the
tire pressure fault warning light lights
up and the tire pressure value turns
yellow. In that case, it is recommended
to stop the vehicle to check for slow
air leakage and inflate the tire to the
correct pressure value.
●When the temperature of any tire
is above 85°C for three consecutive
minutes, the tire pressure system
gives a high temperature alarm,
and the temperature value of the
corresponding tire turns yellow. You
are then recommended to stop
the vehicle and wait for the tire
temperature to decrease before further
driving.
●When the system is running, if
a fault occurs, the tire pressure
fault warning light is solid on after
flashing, and the message “Abnormal
signal" or "Please check TPMS" is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
In that case, check the tire pressure
monitoring module, and check for any
surrounding electromagnetic source
nearby. If the alarm persists for a
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
Halaman 139
long time, please contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
WARNING
●The system does not stop vehicle
traveling in the event of abnormal
tire pressure. Therefore, each
time before driving, ensure that
the tire pressure conforms to
the requirements specified by
the manufacturer. If not, do not
drive, otherwise vehicle damage
or personal injury can occur.
●If pressure is found to be
abnormal while driving, check
the tire pressure immediately. If
the low pressure warning light
comes on, avoid sharp turns or
emergency braking, and reduce
vehicle speed, pull it over to the
curb and stop as soon as possible.
Driving with low tire pressure can
cause permanent damage to tires
and increase the likelihood of tire
scrapping. Serious tire damage
can lead to traffic accidents,
resulting in serious injuries or
deaths.
CAUTION
●The running time of the tire
pressure monitoring module is
related to the daily travel distance
and other factors.
●The monitoring module regularly
transmits tire pressure and
other information to the display.
Therefore, if the tire pressure
drops suddenly or there is a flat
tire, the monitoring module will
not transmit data to the display
until the next monitoring. In this
case, the vehicle may be out
of control. If there is a flat tire
and monitoring fails to inform,
or if you feel that there are
CAUTION
some tire problems, stop driving
immediately instead of waiting for
the display to signal an alarm.
●Incorrectly installed monitoring
module affects the air tightness of
the tire. It is recommended that
the installation and replacement
of the pressure monitoring
module be carried out by
professional technicians of a
DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider in accordance
with the requirements of the
installation manual.
04
●Since tire pressure varies with
regional temperatures, inflate
or deflate the tires according
to the values displayed on
the instrument cluster and the
standard tire pressure values.
USING AND DRIVING
●The tire pressure monitoring
system may be disturbed by
non-DENZA approved electrical
accessories on the vehicle. This is
not a tire pressure system failure.
●The tire pressure system needs
to be matched again after
replacement of wheel rims or
spare tires* or tire rotations.
Please go to a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider to re-
match the tire pressure.
Acoustic Vehicle Alert
System (AVAS)
System Function
The Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
(AVAS) refers to the broadcast to
pedestrians near the vehicle when it is
traveling at low speed.
●When driving forward:
Panoramic View System
Halaman 140
●The broadcast volume increases with
vehicle speed in the range of 0
km/h<V≤20 km/h.
●The broadcast volume decreases
with vehicle speed in the range of 20
km/h<V≤30 km/h.
●At speeds above 30 km/h, the
broadcast sound stops automatically.
●The vehicle makes a continuous and
balanced prompt sound when moving
in reverse.
How to Use
To turn on or off AVAS, slide down
the top status bar on the infotainment
touchscreen to display the shortcut page
(some countries and regions forcibly
require the AVAS to be turned on,
there is no option to turn it off.). AVAS
has two sound sources: standard and
brand. To choose a sound source, go
to infotainment touchscreen →
→
Vehicle Settings → Notification. After a
sound source is chosen, tap PLAY to get
an acoustic impression.
WARNING
●The AVAS pause switch can only
be used if there are no other
road users within a short distance,
and no audio prompt is needed
considering the surroundings (for
example, in a traffic jam or on the
motorway). As long as pedestrians
may appear around the vehicle,
the AVAS needs to be turned on.
●If the vehicle is running at low
speed with AVAS turned off, it is
unable to alert pedestrians to the
vehicle approaching, decreasing
vehicle safety.
●If the AVAS prompt sound cannot
be heard when driving at a low
speed, stop the vehicle in a
relatively safe and quiet place,
open the window, then drive at
a constant speed of 20 km/h in
D gear and check whether an
audio prompt can be heard from
the front of the vehicle. If it is
confirmed that there is no sound,
contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider to deal
with it.
Panoramic View System
To enable the panoramic view, tap
Vehicle View on the infotainment system
homepage, press the button on the
steering wheel or shift into Reverse.
Panoramic View System
Halaman 141
●On the bottom of the infotainment
touchscreen, tap the icon for front,
rear, right, or left view. View of the
selected area is displayed in the image
section.
●In the single front and rear views,
double-tap the image section to
switch to a full screen.
●Tap the radar icon
in the
panoramic view to enable the radar
display, and tap it again to disable.
When the radar display is enabled, a
warning is displayed as the vehicle is
approaching an obstacle.
●Slowly tap the body image on the left
to switch between visible and invisible
body.
●After the vehicle starts, the image
before last power-off is displayed
on the transparent panoramic view
screen. Foreign bodies shown may be
inconsistent with the actual ones in
the underbody and surrounding blind
areas. The underbody image update
will begin only after the vehicle has
started to run and will be complete
when the vehicle has been driven
beyond its length.
WARNING
●This system uses wide-angle
fisheye cameras, so the object
on the display screen may
appear somewhat deformed in
comparison with the actual
object.
●The panoramic view system is
only to be used for parking/
driving assistance. It is not safe
to rely solely on this system to
park or drive the vehicle, because
there are some blind spots in front
of and behind the vehicle. The
surroundings of the car should be
observed in other ways during the
parking/driving process, so as to
avoid accidents.
04
USING AND DRIVING
●When the side mirrors are not
extended in place, do not use
the panoramic view system; and
when the panoramic view system
is used for parking/driving, ensure
that all the car doors are closed.
●The distance to an object
displayed on the panoramic view
screen may be different from the
distance perceived subjectively,
especially when the object is
closer to the vehicle. Assess the
distance in various ways.
●Cameras are installed above the
front bumper, the lower parts
of the side mirrors, and the
rear license plate. Make sure the
cameras are unobstructed.
●To prevent affecting camera
performance, avoid spraying
directly on the cameras when
washing the vehicle body with
high-pressure water. Wipe any
water or dust off the camera in
time.
Sensor Type
Halaman 142
WARNING
●Protect the cameras from any
impact to prevent damage or
malfunction.
●After the vehicle is powered on,
if you press the panoramic view
start button or shift into reverse
while the infotainment system is
not fully activated, the output on
the panoramic view screen will
be delayed or the screen will
flash. This is a normal part of the
camera power-on process.
●When the vehicle runs at a low
speed, the transparent panoramic
view function is affected by speed
fluctuation or multiple stops,
so there will be misalignment
between the images below the
vehicle and that outside the
vehicle.
Parking Assist System
●During vehicle parking, the parking
assist system detects obstacles by
sensors, and prompts the driver with
the proximity of obstacles by an image
on the infotainment touchscreen* and
a speaker alarm.
●The parking assist system helps
with reversing. Pay attention to the
environment behind and around the
vehicle during reversing.
●When you reverse the vehicle, a
reversing image will be displayed
on the infotainment touchscreen
automatically.
●For your driving safety, when the
reversing image is displayed, all
buttons will be disabled except some
volume and calls-related buttons.
●After reversing ends, the interface will
be restored.
WARNING
●When the vehicle speed is over 10
km/h, the parking assist system
will cease to operate.
●Do not place any articles within
the sensors' working range.
●To prevent sensor malfunction, do
not wash the sensor area with
water or steam.
Parking Radar Switch
●Turn the parking radar system on or off
with the parking radar switch* or on
the infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS → Parking Assist.
●When the ignition is switched on and
EPB is released, the parking assist
system is enabled automatically.
●When enabled, the system raises
an alarm if obstacles are found
surrounding the vehicle; when
disabled, it does not.
Sensor Type
●When the sensor detects an obstacle,
an image is displayed on the
infotainment touchscreen* according
to the location of the obstacle and its
distance from the vehicle.
●When the driver conducts parallel
parking or reverse parking, the
Working Sensors and Detection Range
Halaman 143
sensor measures the distance between
the vehicle and the obstacle
and communicates this information
through the infotainment touchscreen
and the speaker. Be aware of the
surroundings when using this system.
Front outside sensors
Front middle sensors
Rear outside sensors
Rear middle sensors
Working Example of Center Sensors
Approximate Distance
(mm)
Touchscreen Display
Example
Alarm Sound
About 700 to 1,200
About 300 to 700
About 0 to 300
Working Sensors and Detection Range
All sensors are activated upon reversing.
The figure shows the sensors' detection
range. Sensors have a range limitation, so
Distance Display and Speaker
When the sensor detects an obstacle,
the location of the obstacle and its
approximate distance from the vehicle
are displayed on the infotainment
touchscreen, and the speaker beeps.
04
USING AND DRIVING
Slow
Fast
Continuous
the driver must check the surroundings
before slowly reversing the vehicle.
① About 1,200 mm
② About 600 mm
Working Sensors and Detection Range
Halaman 144
REMINDER
●The parking assist system is
only for assistance, and is not a
substitute for personal judgment.
Be sure to operate the vehicle
based on your observations.
●Sensors will not work properly
if accessories or other objects
are placed within their detection
range.
●In some cases, the system cannot
operate properly and will fail
to detect certain objects as
the vehicle approaches them.
Therefore, be sure to observe
the vehicle's surroundings at all
times. Do not rely solely upon the
system.
Sensor detection information
●Certain vehicle conditions and
surroundings may affect the sensors'
ability to accurately detect obstacles.
Detection accuracy may be affected if:
●There is dirt, water or fog on the
sensor.
●There is snow or frost on the sensor.
●The sensor is masked in any way.
●The vehicle leans significantly to one
side or is overloaded.
●The vehicle is moving on particularly
bumpy roads, slopes, gravel or grass.
●The sensor has been repainted.
●The vicinity is noisy due to honking
of vehicles, motorcycle engines,
air brakes of large vehicles, or
other noises that produce ultrasonic
waves.
●There's another vehicle with parking
assist system nearby.
●The vehicle is fitted with a tow eye.
●The bumper or the sensor was hit
hard.
●The vehicle is approaching a high or
zigzag curb.
●The vehicle is driving in the sun or in
the cold.
●The vehicle is fitted with non-
original, lower suspension.
●Except as described above, sensors
may not be able to correctly determine
the actual distance due to the shape of
the object.
●The shape and material of obstacles
may prevent sensors from detecting
them, especially the following:
●Electric wires, fences, and ropes
●Cotton, snow, and other materials
that absorb radio waves
●Any object with sharp edges and
corners
●Low obstacles
●High obstacles facing outwards
towards the vehicle
●Any object under the bumper
●Any object close to the vehicle
●Persons near the vehicle (depending
on the type of clothing)
●If an image is displayed on the
infotainment touchscreen* or there is a
beep, it may be that the sensor detects
Intelligent Power Braking System
Halaman 145
an obstacle or is interfered. If the issue
persists, it is recommended to go to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for a service.
CAUTION
●To prevent sensor malfunction, do
not rinse or apply steam to the
sensor area.
Driving Safety Systems
For better driving safety, the
following driving safety systems
works automatically based on driving
conditions. However, these systems only
provide assistance, and excessive reliance
on them is not recommended.
Intelligent Power Braking System
●The intelligent power braking system
is an advanced decoupled electro-
hydraulic brake system, incorporating
vacuum booster, electronic vacuum
pump, Antilock Braking System (ABS),
ESC and other features.
●The system assists vehicle braking
according to the driver's demands.
It offers advanced control functions
such as anti-lock braking system (ABS),
electronic brake force distribution
(EBD), traction control system
(TCS), vehicle dynamic control
(VDC), adaptive cruise control (ACC),
automatic emergency braking (AEB),
comfort parking (CST), cooperaive
regenerative brake systems (CRBS) to
improve vehicle stability and comfort,
and the recovery efficiency of brake
energy.
Vehicle Dynamics Control (VDC)
When the vehicle turns suddenly while
running, the VDC system determines
the driver's intention based on such
information as steering wheel's angle
and vehicle speed, and continuously
compares with the actual condition. If
the vehicle swerves from the normal
lane, the VDC corrects the situation by
engaging brakes to the corresponding
wheels to help the driver control skidding
and maintain directional stability.
Traction Control System (TCS)
TCS prevents the drive wheels from
skidding during acceleration by reducing
the motor power, and, when necessary,
applies braking forces to prevent drive
wheels from spinning. It makes it easy for
the vehicle to start, accelerate, and climb
under adverse driving conditions.
04
WARNING
USING AND DRIVING
●TCS may not work effectively in
the following situations:
●On slippery roads, even if TCS is
working properly, it may not be
able to control the direction and
meet power requirements.
●Do not drive in conditions where
the vehicle may lose its stability
and power.
Hill Hold Control (HHC)
After the brake pedal is released, HHC
maintains brake pressure for one second
to prevent backward sliding.
Hydraulic Brake Assist (HBA)
When you press the brake pedal quickly,
HBA detects that the vehicle is in
emergency condition. It quickly increases
the brake pressure to the maximum so
that ABS can intervene more quickly and
shorten the braking distance effectively.
Controller Deceleration Parking (CDP)
When "P" button or EPB switch* is
pressed and held, CDP starts to work
and the vehicle brakes at a constant
deceleration until the vehicle comes to a
Intelligent Power Braking System
Halaman 146
stop. If the driver releases "P" button or
EPB switch*, CDP stops functioning.
Hill Descent Control (HDC)
●Working principle: HDC is a value-
added function of the ESC system
to improve vehicle comfort. You
can enable or disable HDC on the
infotainment touchscreen
→
ADAS → Safety Assist. HDC mainly
works for assisting in uphill and
downhill slow driving through active
braking. When HDC is working, ABS
is activated when the wheel slip
exceeds the ABS triggering threshold,
allowing you to safely and smoothly go
downhill, or even reverse.
●Activate HDC:
●When the speed is below 38 km/h,
you can also enable hill descent
control function by pressing the HDC
switch. When the function is enabled,
its status indicator on the instrument
cluster is steady on.
●HDC speed control:
●HDC works at speeds between 11
km/h and 38 km/h, within which you
can adjust the speed by pressing/
releasing the accelerator or brake
pedal. The vehicle speed is set when
the accelerator or brake pedal is
released. The HDC status indicator
flashes to indicate that the HDC is
working.
●Deactivating HDC:
●Press the HDC switch again to disable
the function, and the indicator turns
off.
●HDC also automatically stops when
the speed exceeds about 65 km/h.
●HDC malfunction:
●In some special cases such as long
downhill, the HDC function may be
temporarily disabled due to the high
temperature of the brake.
●A "Please check the HDC system"
message is displayed on the
instrument cluster for safety. To
restore the function, stop the vehicle
until the brake temperature cools
down.
Intelligent power braking system has
the following new functions compared
with the original ESC system:
●Brake assist mode
●The brake assist mode is used
to adjust the brake pedal feel.
The relation curve between the
brake pedal depth and the vehicle
deceleration varies across different
modes for the driver to choose their
preferred pedal feel.
●You can select Comfort/Sport brake
assist mode on the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Vehicle →
Intelligent Chassis.
●Brake disc wiping
●Brake disc wiping function: When the
wiper switch is on or the rain sensor
detects rain, the integrated brake
control system applies a small brake
pressure to all four brakes so that
pads come into contact with discs
to remove the water film from the
discs. This shortens brake response
time and braking distance.
●As long as the system detects rain
or the wiper ON signal, the brake
discs are repeatedly wiped at certain
intervals to improve safety.
ESC operation instructions
●ESC working
●If there is a risk of skidding or
backsliding when the vehicle starts
on a slope, or if either drive wheel is
Anti-lock Braking System
Halaman 147
spinning, the ESC indicator flashes to
indicate that ESC system is working.
●Disabling ESC
●If the vehicle gets stuck in snow or
mud, ESC may reduce power output
from the motor to the wheels. In this
case, you may need to turn off the
system to get out of the jam.
●Turning off ESC
●To turn off ESC, press and release
the ESC OFF button. ESC also checks
its operating status in real time. If
ESC OFF switch is pressed while
ESC system is working, the system
will complete the active intervention
control rather than executes the
"shutdown" command immediately.
ESC is disabled only after the
intervention control is complete.
●Some functions of the ESC system
may be re-enabled if you press the
ESC OFF switch again or the vehicle
speed exceeds the threshold (80
km/h). In order to prevent ESC from
being turned off suddenly, ESC can
be activated again only when it is
not in a vehicle dynamic intervention
state.
●ESC OFF switch mis-operation*
●ESC is considered to be mis-operated
if the ESC OFF switch* is pressed and
held for more than 10 seconds. In
that case, all internal ESC functions
continue to work.
●Restarting ESC system
●When the ESC system has been
turned off, restarting the vehicle will
automatically restart ESC system.
●ESC system start and speed linkage
●If the ESC system is turned off,
when the vehicle becomes extremely
unstable as the speed increases and
exceeds the threshold (80 km/h), the
ESC system starts on its own.
●With ESC system activated
●If the ESC fault indicator
flashes,
drive with caution.
●With ESC system disabled
●Be careful when ESC is disabled,
and drive at speeds suitable for road
conditions. The ESC system ensures
vehicle stability and its driving force.
Never turn it off unless necessary.
●Replacing Tires
04
●Make sure all tires are of the same
size, brand, tread pattern, and total
load. In addition, be sure to inflate
tires to the recommended pressure.
USING AND DRIVING
●Neither ABS nor ESC will work
properly if the vehicle is fitted with
different tires.
●For details on tire or wheel
replacement, it is recommended to
contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
●Tire and suspension handling
●The use of any defective tire or
modified suspension affects the
driving safety system and may cause
the system to fail.
Anti-lock Braking System
●The ABS hydraulic system has two
separate circuits, Each circuit runs
diagonally through the vehicle (the
right front wheel brake is connected to
the left rear wheel brake). If one circuit
fails, two wheels can still be braked.
●ABS helps maintain the steering
control by preventing the wheels
from locking when brake is engaged
suddenly or on slippery roads.
Anti-lock Braking System
Halaman 148
●When the ABS is working, the ESC
indicator
will flash and the brake
pedal will vibrate, which may produce
noise. This is normal because the ABS
is pulsating the brake quickly. In this
situation, you should press and hold
the brake pedal instead of pumping
the brakes, or ABS will not work
normally. While steering away from
danger, a firm and steady pressure
should always be maintained on the
brake pedal for the ABS to work.
WARNING
●ABS cannot work effectively under
the following conditions:
●Tires with inadequate grip are
used (for example, excessively
worn tires used on snow-
covered roads).
●The vehicle skids when driving
at a high speed on slippery
roads.
●ABS is not designed to reduce the
braking distance of the vehicle.
Always keep a safe distance from
the vehicle ahead on:
●Driving on slippery, muddy,
sandy or snowy roads.
●Driving on roads with multiple
potholes or on uneven roads.
●Bumpy roads.
CAUTION
●If the ABS fault warning light is
still on while the braking system
warning light is on, immediately
park the vehicle in a safe place.
It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
●In this case, if brakes are applied,
the ABS will not work and the
vehicle will become extremely
unstable.
●ABS does not reduce the time
and distance required to stop the
vehicle. This device only helps you
control steering when braking.
Please always keep a safe distance
from other vehicles.
●ABS does not prevent decrease in
stability. When applying the brake
in an emergency, the steering
should be moderate. A large or
sharp turn during the driving can
cause the vehicle to swerve into
oncoming traffic or run off the
road.
●ABS cannot prevent skidding
caused by sudden direction
change, such as trying to make
a sharp turn or change lanes
suddenly. Always drive carefully at
a safe speed, regardless of road
and weather conditions.
●When driving on wet or soft
or uneven roads (such as
waterlogged concrete roads,
waterlogged epoxy painted roads,
sandy roads, snowy roads),
vehicles equipped with ABS may
require longer braking distances
than vehicles without ABS. In such
cases, slow down and keep a long
distance from other vehicles.
Streaming Rearview Mirror*
Halaman 149
Other Main
Functions
Interior Rearview Mirror
Move the interior rearview mirror up or
down, left or right to a suitable position.
WARNING
●Do not hang heavy objects from
the interior rearview mirror, or
shake or drag it with force.
●When manually adjusting the
interior rearview mirror, do not
forcibly adjust the stuck mirror to
avoid the mirror falling off.
●Adjusting the interior rearview
mirror before driving. Do not
adjust the rearview mirror while
driving. This may distract your
attention, causing accidents.
Streaming Rearview Mirror*
There are two working modes of
streaming media rearview mirror:
streaming media and traditional interior
rearview mirror.
Streaming media mode
●Enable or disable streaming media
rearview mirror by switch (on the
back of the rearview mirror) or on
the infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle → Streaming rearview
mirror.
●When enabled, real-time images
captured by the rear camera can be
displayed on the streaming rearview
mirror screen, open screen adjustment
on the infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle → Streaming rearview
mirror and adjust the view height,
screen luminance and image size by
the right button ① and ③ on the
steering wheel and adjust the gear by
the scroll button ②.
04
USING AND DRIVING
REMINDER
●The infotainment touchscreen is
only used as a prompt, and
the streaming media rearview
mirror cannot be adjusted on it.
Please use the button on the
right side of the steering wheel
to adjust the streaming rearview
mirror according to the prompt
information on the infotainment
system.
●Because the rearview mirror
is partly the traditional flat
mirror, the mirror effect and
streaming image will appear
at the same time in strong
light environment, resulting in
ghosting phenomenon. At this
time, it is necessary to manually
adjust the angle of the interior
Side Mirror Adjustment Buttons
Halaman 150
REMINDER
rearview mirror to avoid ghosting
and improve the visual field
effect.
Rearview mirror mode
●When the streaming mode is turned
off, the rearview mirror enters the
rearview mirror mode. In this mode,
the rearview mirror presents the mirror
effect.
Automatic Anti-glare Interior Rearview
Mirror*
The automatic anti-glare interior rearview
mirror is equipped with electronic
anti-glare function, which automatically
adjusts the lens color of the mirror
according to the surroundings to reduce
the interference of rear glare on the
driver's field of vision.
Manual Anti-glare Interior Rearview
Mirror*
Interior rearview mirror has two working
modes: normal mode and anti-glare
mode.
●Normal mode: Rotate the control lever
to ① to get the clearest mirror image.
●Anti-glare mode: Rotate the control
lever to ② to effectively reduce
interference from headlights of rear
vehicles at night. Note that anti-glare
may lower the clarity of rear visual
field.
Power Side Mirrors
Folding side mirrors with power
●Press the fold button
to fold both
left and right side mirrors, which will
return to their pre-folding position if
this button is pressed again.
●The left side mirror can be selected
by pressing the corresponding auto
regulation switch
.
●The right side mirror can be selected
by pressing the corresponding auto
regulation switch
.
●There are four directions
(i.e. up,
down, left and right) for regulating lens
directions to adjust the side mirrors.
Replacing Wiper Blades
Halaman 151
REMINDER
●If the side mirrors get frozen,
do not operate the controller or
scrape their surface. Deicing spray
should be used.
●Adjusting side mirrors before
driving. Do not adjust the side
mirrors while driving. This may
distract your attention, causing
accidents.
Wipers
Replacing Wiper Blades
When the vehicle is powered on,
enable or disable the front/rear wiper
check function on the infotainment
touchscreen
→ Service → Overhaul.
When the corresponding wiper check
function is enabled, the wipers rotate out
automatically for easy maintenance and
replacement.
Replacing front wiper
1. Pull up the wiper arm at the driver
side, and then pull up the other at the
passenger side.
2. Press the wiper lock button ①.
3. Hold the wiper blade and pull it out
along the indicated direction ②.
4. When installing a new wiper blade,
follow the reverse procedure.
Replacing rear wiper
1. Pull up the wiper arm.
2. Hold the wiper in position ①, and
pull the blade out vertically along the
indicated direction ②.
3. When installing a new wiper blade,
follow the reverse procedure.
04
USING AND DRIVING
CAUTION
●Do not open the hood when the
wiper arms are pulled up, as this
may damage the hood and wiper
arms.
●Lower the wipers slowly and avoid
direct impact onto the windshield.
●Do not bend the wiper blade, and
do not obstruct the wiper blade
when the wiper is in operation.
●When replacing the wiper blade,
after raising the wiper arm, hold
it steady and gently lower it
after replacing the wiper blade.
Otherwise, before the wiper blade
is installed, any external force
could make the wiper arm snap
back on the glass and risk
breaking it.
Replacing Wiper Blades
Halaman 152
152
In-Vehicle Devices
Halaman 153
05
**IN-VEHICLE DEVICES**
Infotainment System.........................................154
A/C............................................................160
DENZA App...................................................166
Storage........................................................168
Other Devices...............................................171
Refrigerator..................................................176
Nap Mode*
Halaman 154
Infotainment
System
Infotainment System
●A warning is displayed when the
infotainment system starts for the first
time. Tap Agree to enter the system.
●When the infotainment system is
started, the screen is automatically
displayed, containing status bar,
navigation bar, and desktop widgets.
●The top status bar displays the
function status icons.
Icons in the status bar include two
types: operable* and display only.
●Shortcut menu
Swiping down from the top of the
touchscreen opens the shortcut menu.
●Navigation Bar
: returns to the previous page or
exits the program.
●
: returns to the homepage.
●
Touch and hold this button to
switch between wallpaper and map
desktops base on preferences.
: goes to vehicle setting screen.
●
: goes to the app list screen.
●
: splits screen if applications
support.
●
: enables screen saver.
●
●Task management center
Swiping up from the bottom of
the touchscreen opens the task
management center.
●Desktop widget: The components on
the desktop are customized by factory
default, and users can add, delete
or change the location of widgets
according to their preferences.
REMINDER
●The shortcut menu on your actual
vehicle may differ.
Nap Mode*
●When you needs a short rest, activate
the nap mode and set the duration
from the drop-down menu on the
infotainment touchscreen. Tap "OK" to
activate the mode, and tap "End Now"
to exit the mode.
●In the nap mode, the driver's seat is
automatically lowered to the default
position, the A/C is turned on, the
vehicle is locked, and the windows and
sunroof are closed.
●There will be an alarm at the end of the
nap time. Tap "Cancel" to end it. If the
user does not have any operation, the
alarm will delay for a period of time by
default and ring again when the time is
up.
CAUTION
●Make sure the vehicle is in Park
before activating the nap mode.
●Close all doors and the tailgate
before activating the nap mode to
ensure safety.
●Pay attention to the vehicle's
driving range before activating the
nap mode to avoid inconvenience.
●For hybrid vehicles, do not
activate the nap mode in a poorly
ventilated environment.
Infotainment Touchscreen
Halaman 155
CAUTION
●Do not take a nap in the vehicle
while it is being charged or
discharged.
●To prevent rear passengers from
being pinched or items from
being damaged, ensure that no
passengers and items are on the
rear seats before you take a nap.
●The vehicle will automatically exit
the nap mode in some cases, such
as when the vehicle is not in Park
or is powered off, which is normal.
Infotainment Touchscreen
When the ignition is on, the initial screen
is displayed for several seconds and the
infotainment system starts to work. To
better experience infotainment functions,
such as intelligent voice control, apps and
video call, the system must be used after
network connection.
① Infotainment touchscreen
② Scroll button
●Scroll up to turn volume up or down
to turn volume down. Volume ranges
from 0 to 39. A mute icon is displayed
when volume is 0.
●With the infotainment system on,
press the scroll button to mute the
sound and enter the screen saver
interface or turn off the screen (set the
screen saver through the infotainment
touchscreen → System → Display).
Press the scroll button again to turn off
the mute and turn on the screen.
●Press and hold the scroll button
for three seconds to restart the
infotainment system.
WARNING
●Do not use a high-power inverter
in the vehicle, as this may cause
infotainment system malfunction.
●Do not format or root the device
without authorization, as this may
cause infotainment system or
vehicle malfunction.
05
CAUTION
●To prevent damage to the
touchscreen:
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
●Touch the screen gently. If there
is no response, remove finger
from the screen, then touch it
again.
●Clean the screen with a soft
damp cloth. Do not use any
cleaning product.
●Using the touchscreen
●When the screen temperature is
low, the image displayed may be
darker or the system may work
slightly slower than normal.
●The screen may be dark or
difficult to see when you are
wearing sunglasses. In that case,
change the viewing angle or take
off the sunglasses.
●The touchscreen buttons that
are grayed out cannot be
operated.
OTA Upgrade
Halaman 156
CAUTION
●The touchscreen interface shown
here is for reference only.
Vehicle Setting of the
Infotainment System
Vehicle setting of the infotainment
system mainly includes: Search, System,
ADAS, Energy, Vehicle, Service and other
functional modules.
Reset to factory settings
●This function factory resets the
infotainment system.
●During the process, do not touch any
infotainment button or turn off the
power supply, or errors may occur.
●The process takes two to five
minutes, please wait patiently.
Gestures and Responses
Gestures and associated system
responses are:
●Tapping: opens applications, selects
functions, clicks icons on the
touchscreen, or types characters.
●Dragging: touching and dragging an
icon, thumbnail, or preview to the
target position to change its location.
●Swiping: operational on homepage
and app screens.
●Double-tapping: zooms in or out an
image and double tap to get back.
●Spreading/pinching: zooms in or out
an image with two fingers.
●Swiping left/right on the touchscreen
with three fingers: regulates A/C fan
speed.
●Swiping up/down on the touchscreen
with three fingers: regulates A/C
temperature.
●Swiping down from the top of
the touchscreen: opens the shortcut
menu.
●Swiping up from the bottom of
the touchscreen: opens the task
management center.
OTA Upgrade
●The vehicle supports Over-the-Air
(OTA) update. You can update the
infotainment system by tapping
infotainment touchscreen
→
System → Version → Vehicle Version
→ Upgrade.
●When a vehicle software needs
to be updated, there will be a
prompt message. You can upgrade it
immediately, schedule an upgrade, or
upgrade it by mobile phone according
to your use of the vehicle.
CAUTION
●Do not move the vehicle during
the OTA upgrade.
●Before the OTA upgrade, make
sure the vehicle is parked in a safe
area with the gear in "P", and the
mobile communication network
connection is normal.
●Make sure your vehicle is fully
charged before the OTA upgrade.
●Do not install any third-party
devices at the vehicle's OBD port
before or during the OTA upgrade.
●The vehicle cannot be charged
or discharged during an upgrade.
Make sure your vehicle is fully
charged before the upgrade.
My Car
Halaman 157
CAUTION
●During the OTA upgrade, all
functions are not available
except the smart key/microswitch
unlocking/locking, interior light
switch, hazard warning light, and
window switches.
●If the OTA upgrade fails, try it
again. If it also fails, contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for handling.
Calling DENZA Assistant
Voice Assistant supports your voice
commands, such as requesting
navigation, playing music/jokes/radio
station, turning on the A/C, and making
a phone call.
To wake up Voice Assistant, press the
button on the steering wheel, tap
on the infotainment
system, or saying the wake-up word. Say
the wake-up word: "Hi, DENZA." Say "Hi,
DENZA" to wake up the Voice Assistant
and begin the voice recognition.
the voice icon
Your speech instruction can be
recognized after the wake-up. Give any
instructions.
Bluetooth Call
Connection
1. On Bluetooth Call screen, tap Please
connect Bluetooth to establish
connection.
2. Tap Scan for device to search for
available devices.
3. Pair the available device, and make
sure the paring code displayed on your
phone is consistent with the code on
the touchscreen.
4. Set Bluetooth when connection is
complete.
Bluetooth Call
Go to the dialing screen when Bluetooth
is connected.
●Tap Contacts, Call log, and Missed
calls, or use dial keypad to make a call.
●Slide the call card upwards or tap any
empty space to minimize the dialing
screen.
●In panoramic view screen, a small
window pops up to inform driver of a
call.
My Car
05
●Vehicle control consists of shortcut
control and 3D model control.
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
●Shortcut control: Shortcut control
can be achieved by the left shortcut
bar and the shortcut function of the
card entrance at the bottom.
●3D vehicle model control: Users can
click the hot area to operate the
vehicle control. It includes sunroof,
sunshade, windows, tailgate and
the side sliding door. (The specific
vehicle control function is subject
to the actual configuration of the
vehicle.)
●Body color change: You can switch
the body color by tapping the
corresponding icon.
●Vehicle control customization: Users
can click more to view all shortcut
functions according to their using
frequency, and long press the shortcut
function to drag the position. (The
specific vehicle control function is
subject to the actual configuration of
the vehicle.)
Armrest Screen Instructions
Halaman 158
REMINDER
●The loaded application is subject
to the actual configuration of the
vehicle.
1
Music
2
Seats
3
A/C System
4
Lighting
5
Refrigerator
6
Sunroof
Armrest Screen*
Armrest Screen Function Instructions
7
Settings
8
Screen lock
9
Shortcut button of doors and
windows
10
A/C temperature
11
Seats interface
12
Status bar
Music
Tap the music application on the armrest
screen to enter the music operation
interface: The music functions of the
infotainment touchscreen (without head
support screen) and the head support
screen* can be adjusted, such as the
switching of the sound source or music.
Seats
Tap the seat application on the armrest
screen to enter the seat operation
interface: Users can not only adjust seat,
massage*, and vent/heat in the operation
interface, but also adjust seat position
or seatback angle with the mechanical
button on the side of the armrest screen.
Users can click the "boss key" to enter the
corresponding interface and adjust the
passenger seat position or the backrest
posture.
Press "Position 1"/ "Position 2" for a long
time to save the current seat position
and posture, and the corresponding text
prompt will be displayed on the armrest
screen; click "Position 1/Position 2" to
restore the saved seat position and
posture.
Armrest Screen Instructions
Halaman 159
Tap the "Zero Gravity" button for the seat
to return to the zero gravity position. Tap
the "Reset" button for the seat to return
to its initial position.
REMINDER
●The seat can be interrupted
by other operations (such as
manually adjusting the seat
position) in the process of
position recovery. The text
prompt of "Recovery interruption"
would be displayed on the
armrest screen.
●During the vehicle startup and in
a ignition cycle, when the sliding
door is opened for the first time
and the second-row seat is seated,
the system directly displays the
seat adjustment interface for
your quicker adjustment of seat
position.
●During the process of returning
to the zero gravity position or
the initial position, the seatback
is put down or straightened. Pay
attention to the safety when using
the seat.
Refrigerator
Users can control the extension/
retraction of the refrigerator, turn
on/off the sterilization and power
off memory function, select its
powering off/refrigeration/heating/fresh-
keeping operation, and set the delayed
power-off time in the refrigerator
operation interface.
Sunroof
To adjust the relevant functions of the
sunroof, sunroof sunshade and canopy
sunshade, go to the sunroof operation
interface.
Settings
To set the armrest screen lock time and
read the system version information, go
to the setting interface.
Shortcut button of doors and windows
●When the screen is not locked, slide
the screen to open/close the sliding
doors after tapping the button for a
long time.
●When the screen is not locked, tap the
button to enter the control interface
for the opening/closing of the sliding
doors and windows.
REMINDER
●The function is disabled with
the mechanical child protection
lock activated, and there is a
corresponding prompt message.
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
A/C
When the screen is not locked, tap
A/C and slide the screen to adjust the
temperature.
Seats interface
When the screen is not locked, tap the
seat interface entrance for the quick
access to the interface before the last exit.
Drop-down menu
Users can access the shortcut interface
through the drop-down menu to set
related functions, such as screen
brightness, vehicle volume, activation/
deactivation of the second-row wireless
charger, and screen quick lock.
Shortcut
●When the screen is not locked,
swipe upwards and downwards with
two fingers to quickly adjust the
temperature.
●When the screen is not locked, swipe
horizontally with two fingers to quickly
adjust the fan speed.
Front A/C Operation Interface
Halaman 160
●Swipe a finger from the edge of the
screen to the inside (left to right/right
to left) to quickly exit the current
screen.
Status bar
Through the status bar, users can know
the current working status of functions
like seat massage, wireless charger, and
refrigerator heating/refrigeration.
A/C
A/C Panel
Front A/C buttons:
A/C Operation Interface
Front A/C Operation Interface
1
Ventilator
2
Circulation mode
3
Defroster for rear windshield &
side mirrors
① AUTO
② A/C ON/OFF
③ Front windshield defroster
10
Vent/Heating
11
Air purification
12
A/C setting
Function Definition
Halaman 161
Front windshield defroster
5
Max cooling
6
Cooling
7
Auto mode
8
A/C ON/OFF
9
A/C operation interface
Function Definition
Auto mode
●After tapping this button, its indicator
lights up on the front A/C panel,
and compressor status, fan speed
and air distribution can be adjusted
automatically.
●The vehicle exits auto control if fan
speed or air distribution is set, and
other functions remain in auto mode
except for those that have been
operated.
A/C ON/OFF
●Tap this button to disable the A/C if it is
ON.
●Tap this button to enable the A/C if it is
OFF.
A/C button (cooling/heating button)
●Tap this button to turn on the A/C
(cooling/heating), the icon lights up
and cooling or heating begins. Tap
this button again to turn off the A/C
compressor. The icon goes out and the
compressor stop working.
Cooling
●Tap this button for cooling.
●Tap this button a second time to
disable it.
Circulation mode
Front passenger's temperature
control
14
ION
15
Air distribution
16
Fan speed control
17
Driver's temperature control
18
DUAL
●Tap this button.
is displayed,
and the circulation mode is
recirculation.
●Tap this button for the second time.
is displayed, and the air inlet
mode is fresh air mode.
05
REMINDER
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
●When the "automatic
recirculation when parking"
function is enabled, to ensure
air quality in the vehicle and
prevent the vehicle exhaust
from entering the vehicle, the
recirculation mode is switched on
automatically after you shift into
"P".
Ventilator
●Tap this button to activate A/C
ventilation control. The outlet air is
natural air.
●Tap this button again to exit.
Temperature controls
●A/C temperature regulation
●Tap the upside arrow or slide it down
to increase the temperature. Tap the
downside arrow or slide it up to
lower the temperature.
●When the temperature is set to the
lowest, "Lo" is displayed. When it is
set to the highest, "Hi" is displayed.
Usage Precautions
Halaman 162
Front windshield defroster
●Tap this button to enter the front
windshield defrost mode, distributing
air to the front windshield. The
corresponding button indicator lights
up.
●Tap this button again to deactivate
and exit the front windshield defroster
control mode. The corresponding
button indicator turns off.
Defroster for rear windshield & side
mirrors*
●Tap this button, and the heating
panel in side mirrors will quickly
clear the side mirrors. The function
is automatically deactivated after 15-
minute inactivity of the associated
button.
●Tap this button a second time to
disable the function.
●This function is not to be used to dry
raindrops or melt snow.
WARNING
●Do not touch the side mirrors
when the rear defroster is
activated, because their surfaces
will be hot.
REMINDER
●Using the side mirror electric
heating defrosting function for a
long time may cause the mirror
to wear out faster. Turn off the
defrost button when it is not
needed.
Fan speed control
●Fan speed control
●Tap the chosen position. The more
bars illuminated, the faster the fan
speed.
Air distribution
●Tap an icon on the infotainment
touchscreen to select the
corresponding air distribution mode.
●You can turn on multiple air
distribution modes at a time (up to
three).
●Adjustments can be made according to
the air supply illustration.
: Air flows to the face level.
: Air flows to the foot level.
: Air flows to the front windshield and
side windows.
Usage Precautions
●To quickly cool down the interior after
long exposure to sunlight, drive for a
few minutes with the windows open.
to exhaust hot air and speed up A/C
cooling.
●To speed up cooling, adjust the
temperature to "Lo" and use the
recirculation mode for a few minutes.
●Make sure that the air intake grille in
front of the windshield is not blocked
(for example, leaves or snow).
●Avoid blowing cool air onto the
windshield in humid weather. The
inner and outer temperature difference
can cause glass fogging.
●Keep the space under the front seats
clear to improve air circulation.
●In cold weather, run the fan at high
speed for one minute to remove snow
or moisture from the intake passage
and reduce fogging.
●Use recirculation mode for a few
minutes for quick heating in cold
weather, and switch to fresh air mode
Front Side Vents
Halaman 163
to prevent fogging after cabin is heated
up.
●In dusty or windy driving conditions,
close all windows, switch on the
recirculation mode, and turn on the
A/C.
●In heating mode, press the cooling
button to reduce airflow moisture and
the button lights up (the compressor is
on).
●In the ventilation mode, the system
introduces the natural wind from
outside, which is suitable for spring
and autumn.
REMINDER
●A/C odor:
●It is normal that there may be
a damp and moldy smell just
after the A/C is turned on. During
the operation of the automobile
A/C, A/C condensation often
remains in the evaporator, and
the wet evaporator can easily
absorb unfiltered body sweat,
smokes, etc., inside the vehicle.
Condensation not blown dry
makes the dark and damp
evaporator surface prone to
mold, which is very likely to
produce unpleasant odors by
long-term fermentation.
●How to prevent A/C odors:
●Inspect, clean, or replace the A/C
filter regularly.
●Try to keep the cabin clean and
fresh.
●If the A/C odor prevention
methods are useless, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider for repair.
REMINDER
●In order to reduce odors from
the A/C, if the A/C is already
turned on, the A/C blower may
keep running for a while after the
vehicle is powered off and locked.
That is because the condensed
water on the surface of the
evaporator needs to be dried to
prevent mold fermentation. It is
normal for the A/C blower to start
running automatically when you
lock the vehicle. No need to worry
about it.
Vents
05
Front Center Vent
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
●Toggle the vent stick to adjust the
outlet angle or air flow. Toggle left/
right to their limits to close the air
outlet.
Front Side Vents
●Use the vent stick to adjust the outlet
angle.
Air Purification System
Halaman 164
Roof Vents*
●Use the vent stick to adjust the outlet
angle or close the vent.
A/C Settings
① A/C Settings Interface
●Press this button to display A/C
Settings screen.
② Auto A/C mode
●Two options are available: Economical
and Comfort.
③ Remotely controlled air conditioner
running time
●Tap this button to set the time for
remote A/C running.
④ Automatic purification
●Tap this button to enable auto
purification function.
●Tap this button a second time to
disable it.
⑤ Auto air recirculation when parking
●Tap this button to enable this setting.
●Tap this button a second time to
disable it.
⑥ Auto Fan Speed Reduction during
Bluetooth Calls
●Tap this button to enable this setting.
●Tap this button a second time to
disable it.
⑦ Intelligent Partition
●Intelligent partition on/off setting.
Air Purification System
The air purification system purifies
airborne PM2.5 particles. When A/C
is turned on, the system thoroughly
removes PM2.5 particles from the air
blown into the cabin.
PM2.5 value and level
Halaman 165
Air Purification Operation Interface
Tap Air purification on the infotainment touchscreen, the air purification interface is
displayed.
1
Air purification button
2
PM2.5 detection
3
Quick purification
PM2.5 Detection Button
●Tap on the "PM2.5 detection"
button to activate and detect
PM2.5 concentration inside/outside
in realtime, which will be displayed
in real time on the infotainment
touchscreen.
●PM2.5 detection will stop if the button
is tapped on again.
Quick Purification Button
●This function can quickly reduce the
concentration of PM2.5 particles in the
air inside the compartment in a short
time.
Here is a reference of air quality grade:
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
4
ION
5
Exterior purification
6
Interior purification
●Tap on this button to activate and
enable the function; and tap on the
button again to exit.
PM2.5 value and level
●Displays the PM2.5 value and level
outside/inside the vehicle.
●The Particulate Matter 2.5 (PM2.5)
value detected by the on-board air
purification (PM2.5) detector is the
PM2.5 value in the air near the vehicle
carrying the device in a short time,
which should be different from the
daily or real-time PM2.5 value declared
by national and relevant government
authorities.
Account Registration
Halaman 166
Range of PM2.5 Values
Air Quality Grade
0-35
Good
36-75
Moderate
76-115
Detrimental to sensitive groups
116-150
Unhealthy
151-250
Very unhealthy
251-999
Hazardous
REMINDER
●The frequency of PM2.5 detection
should be reduced in the
following environments:
●Sandstorms and other such
extremely harsh environments.
●Cold regions (with ambient
temperature below -20°C).
●High humidity environments
(relative humidity >90%).
●Environments with a change
in temperature (prone to
condensation), such as driving
in from a cold environment
to a high-temperature indoor
environment or parking lot.
●Running maximum air flow speed
in internal circulation mode can
quickly reduce the concentration
of fine particles in the air inside
the vehicle.
DENZA App
DENZA App
●DENZA app is a mobile application of
Internet of Vehicle (IoV) developed by
DENZA independently. It allows you to
control the vehicle remotely and check
vehicle conditions, delivering cloud era
experience of IoV.
●Search for "DENZA" in Google Play
or App Store to download and install
DENZA app.
Account Registration
App guidance and the following steps
give instructions on signing up and
logging in after DENZA App installation.
1. Open the app, tap Sign up to go to the
registration screen.
2. Enter email address registered in the
authorized dealer, tap Send email to
receive verification code, and then
enter the code in app.
3. Set your password in password setting
screen to complete the registration,
and then the homepage is displayed.
CAUTION
●Provide the email address
registered at the authorized
dealer, or registration will fail.
●In the app, select a country or
region on upper right corner of
the screen. The default setting
depends on your phone setting.
If it is not where you make the
NFC Digital Key*
Halaman 167
CAUTION
purchase, choose the right one,
otherwise your data will not be
accessible.
●The control function of the app
is mainly for remote use. To use
this function, ensure your phone
and vehicle are connected to the
Internet.
Vehicle Condition and
Control
The app homepage provides information
and control items of the vehicle.
1. The homepage shows remaining
driving range, SOC, vehicle error
information, vehicle driving status,
charging, A/C system, door and
window status, seat ventilator and tire
pressure.
2. Tap lock, unlock, light flashing &
honking, or light flashing button to
activate the corresponding function.
3. Turn on or off A/C on the homepage,
or tap the card to enter A/C control
page to access other settings, such as
temperature regulation, see P160 for
details.
4. At the bottom of the homepage, tap
the icon of seats, doors and windows,
or tires to go to the associated screen
and check their status.
5. If you have multiple vehicles on an
account, tap the vehicle name in the
upper left corner of the screen to
switch between vehicles.
CAUTION
●The control function of the app
is mainly for remote use. To use
this function, ensure your phone
CAUTION
and vehicle are connected to the
Internet.
Individual Center and
Vehicle Management
Tap the icon on the upper right corner to
go to the individual center.
●Vehicle management: changes vehicle
name and license plate number.
●Account and security: gets back or
changes password.
●Settings: sets message reception,
automatic login, and other items.
05
●About: includes privacy policy and
information to contact us and give
feedback.
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
NFC Digital Key*
●NFC key* is a digital key function
provided by DENZA. You can register
mobile phones* as vehicle keys to
unlock, lock and start the vehicle.
●Before activating the NFC digital key,
observe the following conditions:
●The vehicle has been equipped with
DENZA Cloud Service.
●The vehicle supports NFC digital key.
●Some mobile phones support DENZA
NFC digital keys (consult a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for specific models).
Activating the NFC digital key of mobile
phone
Download DENZA App in App Store, then
register and log in. Tap digital key to
enable the function according to the
instructions.
Rear Phone Holder*
Halaman 168
Using NFC digital key
When using the NFC digital key, enable
the NFC function of the mobile phone.
The usage is as follows:
●Carry a mobile phone or wearable
device with a valid NFC digital key, put
its NFC antenna area close to the NFC
sign on the driver's side mirror, and
unlock or lock the vehicle (consult the
manufacturers for details of the NFC
antenna area).
●Get into the vehicle, place the mobile
phone or wearable device at the NFC
sign to obtain the permission.
CAUTION
●With permission, start the vehicle
as soon as possible. If the vehicle
is not started in time, place the
mobile phone or wearable device
at the NFC sign again to obtain the
permission.
Removing the NFC digital key
Open DENZA App, enter the digital key
management page, tap the digital key
to be removed, enter the password and
remove the using device.
Change NFC digital key
Open DENZA App, enter the digital
key management page, tap "Change
the phone" in detailed page, enter the
password and remove the using device.
Jump to the digital key activation page to
reactivate the key with the new device.
Storage
Glove Box
●Pull to open the glove box.
●Push the lid up to close it.
REMINDER
●To reduce risk of injury in the
event of an accident or emergency
braking, keep the glove box closed
while driving.
Bill Box
●Lift the bill box handle upward and
outward to reach the bill box.
●Do not put large or heavy objects in the
bill box to avoid closing failure.
●Keep the bill box closed while the
vehicle is in motion.
Rear Phone Holder*
●The side door of third-row seats is
equipped with a phone holder for
phones or other small items.
Second-Row Seatback Pockets
Halaman 169
Door Bin
●There is a door bin on each door for
storage of beverage bottles or small
items.
Center Console Cubby
●The center console cubby opens to the
left and right. To open it, press the
button on the front of the cubby to
automatically turn covers.
●Press down on the cover of center
console cubby to close it.
REMINDER
●To reduce risk of injury in the
event of an accident or emergency
braking, keep the center console
cubby closed while driving.
Glasses Case
●Press the lid of the case to open it.
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
Seatback Pockets
●There are seatback pockets at the
back of the front seats for storing
magazines, newspapers, or similar
objects.
●There are seatback pockets at the back
of the second-row seats for storing
magazines, newspapers, or similar
objects.
Rear Seat Cup Holder
Halaman 170
Cup Holder
Front Seat Cup Holder
●The front seat cup holder is located
inside the auxiliary dashboard. Tap
the cup holder cover to let it open
automatically.
Door Side Cup Holder
●Door side cup holders are located on
both sides of the power slide door.
●The silicone coaster inside the cup
holder can be taken out for cleaning.
●When installing the cup holder, the
buckles shown in the illustration
should be installed correctly with
outward direction.
Second-Row Seat Cup Holder
Second-Row Seat Cup Holder
Illustration
Rear Seat Cup Holder
●The rear seat cup holders are located
on the left and right sides of the rear
seat.
CAUTION
●Do not start or brake the vehicle
suddenly when the cup holders
Auxiliary Handles
Halaman 171
CAUTION
are being used to prevent spillage
or scalding.
●Do not place an open cup or
untightened beverage bottle in
the cup holder, so as to avoid
liquid spillage while you are
driving, opening or closing a door.
●To ensure safe driving, the driver
is strictly prohibited from taking
the cup out or placing it in the cup
holder while driving.
Other Devices
Sun Visor
① Sun visor
●To block sunlight from the front, pull
the sun visor down.
●To block sunlight from a side, remove
the swivel sleeve from the fixed
support and turn the visor towards the
side window.
② Vanity mirror
●Flip down the sun visor and slide the
mirror cover for use.
REMINDER
●Correct use of the sun visor
improves driving safety and
comfort.
Grab Handles
●Pull the grab handle down for use. The
handle returns to its original position
when released.
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
CAUTION
●Do not hang any heavy objects
from the grab handles.
Auxiliary Handles
●Auxiliary handles on the pillars
can help passengers get on or off
the vehicle, or hang light items
temporarily.
12V Auxiliary Power
Halaman 172
USB Ports
Front-Row USB Ports
There are two ports installed in the lower
layer of the auxiliary console.
① Type-C port, only for charging
② Type-A port for data transfer
The power outlet can be used only when
the ignition is on.
CAUTION
●It is recommended to use a USB
storage device with a partition
format of FAT32 and a memory of
8~128G.
●Do not use substandard or
special USB storage devices to
avoid damaging the infotainment
system or data in the USB device.
Second-Row USB Ports
●The second-row USB port is located on
the seat armrest side.
●The power outlet can be used only
when the ignition is on.
Rear-Row USB Ports
●These ports are for charging only and
cannot be used for access to the
infotainment system.
●The power outlet can be used only
when the ignition is on.
12V Auxiliary Power
●It is used for accessories with 12V DC
working voltage and no more than 10A
working current.
●The 12V auxiliary power is available
only when the ignition has been
switched on. Lift the cover to use it.
Wireless Phone Charger
Halaman 173
Wireless Phone Charger
The charger charges phones
without a cable connection through
electromagnetic wave induction.
Front-row wireless charger
●After starting the vehicle, place a
smartphone screen-up in the wireless
charging area to activate the wireless
charger. At this time, the wireless
charging icon in the upper right corner
of the infotainment touchscreen is on,
indicating that the phone is being
charged.
●To disable the wireless charger: On the
infotainment touchscreen, slide down
shortcut menu and tap the wireless
charging icon. The indicator turns off
and the wireless charging function is
disabled.
Second-row wireless charger
●After starting the vehicle, place a
smartphone in the wireless charging
area with its screen facing out and
the camera facing up to activate the
wireless charger. At this time, the
wireless charging icons in the upper
right corner of the corresponding seat
armrest screen, indicating that the
phone is being charged.
●To disable the wireless charger: On
the seat armrest screen, slide down
shortcut menu and tap the wireless
charging icon. The icon goes out
and the wireless charging function is
disabled.
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
CAUTION
●Ensure your smart key is more
than 25 cm away from the
wireless charger area when
the wireless charger system is
working.
●To avoid wireless charger
dysfunction or even accidents, do
not place coins, metal keys, metal
rings, or other articles containing
metal in the wireless charger area
together with the phone.
●To avoid damage to the charger
area, do not place heavy objects
on it. If the phone wireless charger
system is faulty and does not
work properly, it is recommended
to contact a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
●BYD will not assume any
responsibility for any problems
caused by improper use. If
Wireless Phone Charger
Halaman 174
CAUTION
the product is disassembled or
modified, the free warranty will be
terminated.
●For safety reasons, do not leave an
unattended phone being charged
in the vehicle.
●For safety reasons, refrain from
checking phone charging status
while driving.
●If a metal item is found between
the device and the charger during
charging, remove the phone
immediately, and do not remove
the metal item until it has cooled
to prevent burning.
●The center of the phone coil must
be aligned with the center of
wireless charger (indicated with
text in the charging area), or
charging may fail.
●Prevent any fluid from coming
into contact with the charger
area. The wireless charger will
malfunction if water enters the
wireless charger.
●Charging may stop at high
temperatures, and will resume
once the temperature drops.
●BYD makes no commitments for
problems caused by external
wireless charging coils. Please use
with caution.
●The wireless phone charging
system can charge Qi-certified
phones, and non-Qi-certified
phones are not guaranteed for
normal charging.
●To avoid burning cards with chips,
such as NFC cards and bank cards,
do not place them between the
CAUTION
phone case and the phone during
charging.
REMINDER
●Only one phone can be charged at
a time.
●A phone case that is too thick may
prevent charging.
●On bumpy roads, the
wireless phone charging may
intermittently stop and then
resume.
●Try to ensure that the surface on
which a mobile phone is placed is
parallel to the charging module.
If the phone moves from the
wireless charger area and stops
charging, move it back.
●If the phone cannot be charged
properly, ensure that there are
no foreign objects in the wireless
charger area, or wait for the
wireless charger area to cool
down before trying again. If
it is still impossible to charge
the phone, contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider.
●After power-off, if the phone is
still charging and the driver's door
is opened, the instrument cluster
sounds an alarm and the message
"Please take your cell phone with
you" is displayed for five seconds.
●When the sliding doors on both
sides are closed and the mobile
phone is charging wirelessly in
the second row, if the passenger
opens the sliding door and
leaves the seat, there will be a
voice announcement "the mobile
Tray Table*
Halaman 175
REMINDER
phone is still charging, please do
not leave it behind".
●Phones must always be
positioned horizontally in the
charging area, whether for
charging or not, otherwise gear
shifting may be affected.
●When the phone is placed in
the second-row wireless charging
holder, make sure that the screen
is facing outward and the camera
is facing upward to ensure the
stability and continuity of wireless
charging.
●For the purpose of compatibility,
the in-vehicle wireless fast
charging* module may be slower
than the original charger provided
by your phone’s manufacturer.
●Certain phones may carry
outdated charging programs that
are not capable of fast charging*.
Window Sunshade*
●The window sunshade is used for
privacy and direct sunlight protection.
●Hold the handle ① to pull up the
sunshade vertically, and clip both
bulging sides into the grooved hanging
pedestal ② above.
●Do the reverse to pull down the
sunshade vertically, and the handle
can be stowed in the groove on the
cover plate.
WARNING
●Do not operate the sunshade
while the sliding door is moving.
CAUTION
05
●Do not pull on both ends of the
sunshade when using it.
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
Tray Table
Tray Table*
The tray table is folded at the back of the
front seats.
Unfold the tray table:
1. Press the unlock button.
2. Hold the edge of the tray table, lift it up
to the limit position, and unfold it.
Fold the tray table:
Refrigerator Operation Interface
Halaman 176
1. Hold the edge of the tray table, lift it up
slightly to the limit position.
2. Push it forward to the locking position.
WARNING
When using the table, make sure to
observe the following precautions to
prevent injury or even death in the
event of an accident or emergency
braking.
●During operation, put your hands
away from the folding area
and the rotating mechanism to
prevent pinching.
●Do not use the tray table when the
vehicle is running.
●Do not lean or place items over 10
kg on the tray table.
●Fold the table when it is not in
use.
CAUTION
●Do not press the table to prevent
damage.
Seat Side Table
There is a removable panel in the second-
row rear right seat side which functions as
a cup holder and temporary table.
Refrigerator Operation Interface (PAD)
●Pull up the handle to unfold the table.
●Press the handle to fold the table.
CAUTION
When using the table, make sure to
observe the following precautions to
prevent injury in the event of an
accident or emergency braking.
●Do not place heavy objects on or
lean on the table.
●The maximum weight the table
can carry is 15kg.
●Fold the table when it is not in
use.
REMINDER
●Do not press the table to prevent
damage.
Refrigerator
Refrigerator Operation
Interface
Refrigerator Instructions
Halaman 177
1
Refrigerator door switch button
2
Refrigerator working mode
Refrigerator control buttons
① Refrigerator screen child protection
lock
② Refrigerator Power Switch
③ Fresh-keeping
④ Refrigeration
⑤ A/C temperature regulation
⑥ Heat
⑦ Sterilization
⑧ Refrigerator door switch
05
3
Power off memory button
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
4
Sterilization button
Refrigerator Instructions
During operation of the vehicle, food and
drinks can be warm and fresh in the
vehicle refrigerator.
To control the refrigerator, go to
infotainment touchscreen
→ Vehicle
→ Refrigerator or by the rear armrest
screen or by voice.
Refrigerator screen child protection
lock
●When the child lock function of the
refrigerator screen is turned on, the
refrigerator screen will light up the
screen lock icon, all keys of the
refrigerator screen cannot be operated,
and the screen lock icon will flash
when touched.
Refrigerator door switch button
●Press this button, it will be highlighted,
and the refrigerator door will be
Refrigerator Instructions
Halaman 178
opened; press the button again, it will
be grayed out, and the refrigerator
door will be closed.
●Long press this button to learn the
range of the refrigerator electric slide
rail.
Refrigerator temperature controls
Refrigerator temperature control
settings include function settings and
temperature settings.
●Function settings include: turn off,
refrigerate, keep fresh, and heat.
●Turn off: When the function is
enabled, the temperature cannot be
adjusted and the refrigerator is shut
down.
●Refrigerate and keep fresh: When the
function is enabled, the temperature
can be set to start refrigeration.
●Heating: When the function is
enabled, the temperature can be set
to start heating.
●Temperature settings:
●When the refrigerator is turned off,
the temperature cannot be adjusted.
●During refrigeration mode, the
temperature can be adjusted
between -6 ℃ and 6 ℃. Adjusting
to the right increases the set
temperature, and adjusting to the left
decreases the set temperature.
●During fresh-keeping mode, the
temperature can be adjusted
between 8 ℃ and 10 ℃. Adjusting
to the right increases the set
temperature, and adjusting to the left
decreases the set temperature.
●During heating mode, the
temperature can be adjusted
between 35℃ and 50℃. Adjusting
to the right increases the set
temperature, and adjusting to the left
decreases the set temperature.
Delayed power off
●When the function is enabled, the
refrigerator continues to operate for
a set period of time after the vehicle
is powered off, which consumes
additional vehicle power. The duration
can be set at 1–12h.
●When the function is disabled, the
refrigerator stops working after the
vehicle is powered off.
●When the duration is set, the
refrigerator continues to operate for
the set period of time after the vehicle
is powered off.
Power off memory button
●Press this button, it will be highlighted,
and the "power off memory" function
is enabled. If the vehicle is restarted
after powering off, the refrigerator is in
the same state as that before powering
off.
●Press this button, it will be grayed out,
and the "power off memory" function
is disabled. If the vehicle is restarted
after powering off, the refrigerator
remains off.
Sterilization button
●Press this button, it will be highlighted,
and the "ultraviolet lamp" will be
turned on. If there is no other
operation, it will be turned off
automatically after 30 minutes of
operation.
●Press a second time to turn off the
ultraviolet lamp, and the button turns
gray.
CAUTION
●Before heating, make sure that
there are no flammable and
explosive items, and no items that
expand, deteriorate or volatilize
Refrigerator Instructions
Halaman 179
CAUTION
easily when heated (like lighter,
cola, alchohol or wet wipes).
●With the vehicle running, make
sure the refrigerator door is closed
to prevent articles from flying out
of the refrigerator.
●Do not put sharp objects in the
refrigerator, and do not scrape the
inner wall with sharp objects.
●Refrigerators need to be cleaned
frequently and kept clean and
hygienic. If there is condensed
water in the refrigerator, please
clean it in time and keep it dry to
avoid bacterial growth and other
problems.
05
IN-VEHICLE DEVICES
Refrigerator Instructions
Halaman 180
180
Maintenance
Halaman 181
# 06 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Information................................. 182
Regular Maintenance....................................... 187
Self-Maintenance............................................. 192
Maintenance Schedule
Halaman 182
Maintenance
Information
Maintenance Cycle and
Items
Maintenance Plan
●The maintenance plan is designed to
ensure stable driving, failure reduction,
safe and economical driving.
●Drivers can refer to the maintenance
plan for scheduled maintenance
intervals, depending on the odometer
reading or time interval, whichever
comes first.
●For overdue maintenance items, the
same time interval should be used for
maintenance.
●Rubber hoses (for systems such
as cooling, heating, and braking
systems) must be checked by
professional technicians according to
the maintenance schedule.
●These are particularly important
maintenance items whose
maintenance intervals are recorded in
the maintenance schedule. Hoses with
any degradation or damage should be
replaced immediately.
Maintenance Schedule
Vehicle maintenance is performed based on the mileages or months, whichever comes first.
Item
Interval
Chassis screws
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
Brake pedal and EPB switch
●The maintenance schedule lists all the
maintenance items that are necessary
to keep the vehicle in optimum
condition at all times.
Maintenance Schedule Requirements
The vehicle must be maintained
according to the regular maintenance
schedule.
If the vehicle is operated under one or
more of the following special conditions,
certain maintenance items need to be
performed more frequently.
●Road conditions
●Muddy, sandy, or snowy roads.
●Dusty roads
●Driving conditions
●Use of towed trailer, camping trailer,
or roof rack
●Within 8 km, repeated short
distances are driven or the outside
temperature is below freezing.
●Long idling or long distance driving
at low speed, for example, using the
vehicle as a police car or taxis, or
using it for transporting goods.
Maintenance Schedule
Halaman 183
Item
Interval
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Brake friction block and disc
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Brake piping and hoses
Guide pin of brake caliper
assembly
Check for it at 12 months or 20,000 km for the first time,
and every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards.
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Steering wheel and tie rod
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Drive shaft boot
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Ball pin and boot
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Front and rear suspensions
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Tire condition and pressure,
incl. TPMS
06
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Schedule
Halaman 184
Item
Interval
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Front and rear wheel
alignment
Tire wear (Check tire
pressure and condition at
least once a month)
Check during maintenance and rotate when necessary;
Under severe working conditions, check more frequently
and rotate when necessary
Check it at three months or 5,000 km for the first time, at
12 months or 20,000 km for the second time, and every 12
months or 20,000 km afterwards. Remove dust from the tie
rod with a wet soft cloth, apply 0.3-0.8 g grease to the tie
rod, riveted joints, and rotating shaft.
Door brake
Check them at three months or 5,000 km for the first
time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time, and
every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards. In severe driving
conditions, check them at 12 months or 20,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Wheel bearing clearance
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Coolant level in expansion
tank
Drive motor coolant
Replace the long-acting organic acid coolant every four
years or 100,000 km
Brake fluid
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Brake fluid
Replace it every two years or 40,000 km.
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Vehicle module DTCs (to be
cleared after recording)
High-voltage battery tray,
shield, impact bar, and
mount point torque (QH)
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check and replace the
gear oil and filter in
the transmission (BYDNT36
Replace the gear oil and filter at 24 months or 40,000
km for the first time, and every 24 months or 48,000 km
afterwards.
Maintenance Schedule
Halaman 185
Item
Interval
precursor asynchrony/NT13
rear-guard transmission)
Powertrain leaks or bumps
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Loose high-voltage wiring
harnesses and connectors
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Deformation of or oil stains
on the high-voltage module
Foreign materials on
or ablation of charging
connector interface
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check it at three months or 5,000 km for the first time, at
12 months or 20,000 km for the second time, and every
12 months or 20,000 km afterwards, whichever comes first,
and replace it if necessary. In severe driving conditions,
check it every six months and replace it if necessary.
HEPA filter*
Lamp and LED lighting
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Headlight dimming
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Initial down tilt of low beam
Calibrate it every 10,000 km.
Foreign materials on or
ablation of the EPS GND
point
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
EPS connector looseness
and connector pin ablation
EPS ECU corrosion
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 24 months or 40,000 km for the second time,
and every 24 months or 40,000 km afterwards.
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Foreign materials or
corrosion on connections
06
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Schedule
Halaman 186
Item
Interval
between the EPS ECU and
motor*
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Vehicle module software
update (update if any)
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Wading marks on high-
voltage parts
Check and fasten them at three months or 5,000 km for the
first time, at 12 months or 20,000 km for the second time,
and every 12 months or 20,000 km afterwards.
Lock nut torque of wiper
arm
Hood lock and fasteners
Check them every 12 months.
In order to better use the power sliding door and prolong
its service life, it is recommended to clean the guide rail out
of sand and dust and apply lubricating grease after 50,000
km or 3-5 months.
Check the sliding door guide
rail pulley for wear
Check the rubber parts of the guiding mechanism movable
assembly on the sliding door every 12 months or 20,000
km, and replace them if obvious wear is found.
Check the sliding door guide
for wear
Check whether the cooling
system pipeline leaks, and
whether the clamp is
seriously rusted or peeled
Check it every 48 months or 80,000 km, at two years or
40,000 km for the second time, whichever comes first, and
replace it if necessary. In severe driving conditions, check it
every one year and replace it if necessary.
Note: When checking Item 1, replace chassis parts in a timely manner if any abnormal
damage is found.
REMINDER
●To keep the high-voltage battery
in optimal condition, please fully
charge and discharge the vehicle
regularly (at least every six
months or 72,000 km) for battery
self-calibration. You can also go
to a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider for test and
calibration.
Severe driving conditions include:
●Frequent driving in dusty areas or
frequent exposure to salt-laden air.
●Frequent driving on bumpy, puddled,
or mountain roads.
●Driving in cold weather.
●Frequent and sudden braking.
●Frequent use of a towed trailer.
●Use as a taxi.
●Driving in congested urban areas at
temperatures above 32°C for more
than 50% of total travel time.
●Driving at speeds over 120 km/h at
temperatures above 30°C for more
than 50% of total travel time.
Vehicle Corrosion Prevention
Halaman 187
●Frequent overloading.
Regular
Maintenance
Regular Maintenance
Vehicle Servicing
●Pay attention to vehicle performance,
sound changes, and visual evidence
that indicates service is required.
Under any of the following
circumstances, the vehicle may need
to be adjusted or repaired. Therefore,
you are recommended to send the
vehicle to a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider as soon as possible:
●Motor start produces unusual noises.
●Coolant remains overheated, is
stagnated or leaks.
●Motor jams and produces
unexpected noise.
●The motor runs with excessive
vibration.
●The motor fails to get started.
●Electric assembly leaks oil.
●Electric assembly emits odors.
●Power declines significantly.
●Water leaks from under the vehicle
(A/C condensate is normal).
●Tire deflates; tires make excessive
noises at turns; tire wear is uneven.
●Vehicle leads to one side when
driving straight on a flat surface.
●Suspension unit movement leads to
unusual noises.
●Loss of braking effect; sponge feeling
on the brake pedal or clutch pedal;
pedal almost contacts the floor;
vehicle leads to one side when
braking.
●Motor coolant temperature remains
high.
●Battery capacity decreases
significantly.
●High battery temperature or overheat
protection persists, or there is no
power output.
CAUTION
●Do not continue driving a vehicle
that has not been inspected, as
this may result in serious vehicle
damage and personal injury.
06
Vehicle Corrosion
Prevention
MAINTENANCE
The most common causes of vehicle
corrosion are:
●The underbody of the vehicle is
covered in salt, dust, or moisture.
●The vehicle or some of its parts are
exposed to high humidity and high
temperature for a long time.
●The paint layer or underlayer is
scratched by minor collision or by
stones and gravel.
The following rules should be observed
to prevent vehicle corrosion:
●Wash the vehicle frequently.
●If driving on saline roads in winter
or living in coastal areas, wash
the landing area of the vehicle
at least once a month, and clean
the chassis and hubcap with a
high-pressure water jet or steam to
Exterior Cleaning
Halaman 188
reduce corrosion. Wash the chassis
thoroughly after winter.
●Check vehicle paint and trims.
●Any chip or crack found on the
paint must be repaired immediately
to prevent corrosion. If fragments
or cracks peel off from the metal
surface, it is recommended to go to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for repair.
●Check interior vehicle.
●Moisture and dust buildup under the
carpet can cause corrosion. Check
the undersides of carpets frequently
to make sure these areas are dry.
●Special care should be taken when
the vehicle is transporting chemicals,
detergents, fertilizers, salt, and other
substances. Such substances should
be kept in appropriate containers for
transportation. If spillage or leakage
is found, clean immediately and keep
dry.
●Use fender liners.
●Fender liners protect vehicles in
saline areas or on gravel roads. The
bigger and closer to the ground the
fender liner, the better.
●Park in a well-ventilated and dry area.
Paint Maintenance Tips
●Clean the vehicle in time.
●Do not perform secondary painting if
there are no obvious scratches on the
finish, so as to prevent mismatch or
color incompatibility.
●When the vehicle is not used for a
long period, it should be parked in
a garage or a well-ventilated place,
and special body cover should be used
in winter. Choose a shady place for
parking temporarily.
●Prevent strong impacts, knocks, or
scratches on the paint. If the paint
is scratched, dented or if it peels, it
should be repaired in time, preferably
by professional auto beauty provider.
●Do not touch the paint with a greasy
hand or cloth. Do not place greasy
tools or rub with organic solvents
on the vehicle body so as to avoid
chemical reactions.
●The vehicle must be waxed once a
month or whenever water resistance
performance of the vehicle degrades
and be taken to an auto beauty
provider for maintenance once every
three months.
●High quality polish and wax must
be used. If body finish is severely
weathered, use a car cleaning polish
in addition to the wax. Carefully follow
the manufacturer's instructions and
precautions. Chrome finish should be
polished and waxed as well as painted
finish.
CAUTION
●When the vehicle is repainted
and placed in a high-temperature
paint waxing workshop, the
vehicle’s plastic bumper must be
removed to avoid damage caused
by high temperatures.
Exterior Cleaning
●The vehicle must be cleaned in time
under the following circumstances
which will cause peeling of paint layer
or corrosion of body and parts:
●Driving along the coast.
●Driving on a road on which anti-
freeze has been scattered.
●Driving on roads covered with coal
tar.
Automatic Vehicle Washing
Halaman 189
●Resin, bird droppings and insect
carcasses get stuck.
●Driving in areas with a large amount
of smoke, soot, dust, iron filings or
chemicals.
●Vehicles visibly soiled by dust or
mud.
●After raining.
Manual Vehicle Washing
Before washing the vehicle, park it in the
shade, and wait for the vehicle to cool
down sufficiently.
●Hose off loose dirt, including all muds
or road salts at the bottom of the
vehicle and on wheel pits.
●Wash the vehicle with neutral agents,
the mixing of which should be carried
out according to the manufacturer's
instructions. Soak a soft cloth with
cleaning solution and gently wipe it
down along the direction of the water
flow. Do not wipe in a circular motion
or horizontally.
●Rinse well—Dried washing agent forms
markings. After washing the vehicle in
hot weather, rinse all parts properly.
●Dry the vehicle with a clean soft towel
to prevent stay water marks. In order
to prevent scratching, do not rub or
apply excessive force on the paint.
CAUTION
●Do not use any alkaline washing
powder, soapy water, detergents,
de-waxing detergents or volatile
substance (gasoline, kerosene, or
solvent).
●When cleaning the lights, avoid
using alcohol-based products (like
alcohol and windshield washer
fluid), ketones (such as lacquer
thinner and insect remover), or
CAUTION
other chemical solvents (including
gasoline, thinner, and carbon
tetrachloride), as these can cause
the light casings to crack.
●It is recommended that vehicles
traveling in coastal or heavily
polluted areas be washed once a
day.
●When washing the vehicle, make
sure that the high-pressure water
jets are at a sufficient distance
from the vehicle, and do not aim
them directly at the sealing strips,
to prevent high pressure from
distorting and even damaging the
strips and water from leaking into
the vehicle.
●Do not use blades or gasoline to
remove hard dirt from the vehicle
body. The plastic wheel trim is
easily damaged by organic matter.
If any organic matter splashes on
the vehicle trim, remove it with
water and check whether the trim
is damaged. Replace any seriously
damaged plastic wheel trim in
a timely manner. Otherwise, the
trim may fall from the wheel
during vehicle movement and
cause an accident.
06
MAINTENANCE
●Do not use abrasive cleaning
agents to scrub the bumper.
●Clean polished metal parts with
carbon cleaner and wax them
regularly for protection.
●Be careful when cleaning the
chassis to avoid cutting hands.
Automatic Vehicle Washing
When choosing an automated car wash
service, be aware of certain types of
brushes, unfiltered rinsing water, or
A/C Control Panel, Vehicle Speakers, Dashboard, Control Panel and Switches
Halaman 190
machine-specific rinsing procedures that
may scratch the paint and affect its
gloss and durability, especially darker
colors. Before washing the vehicle, it is
best to consult the service provider to
understand which washing procedures
are the safest for the paint finish.
Interior Cleaning
REMINDER
●Prevent direct water splash onto
the dashboard or floor when
washing the vehicle, as these may
cause electrical faults.
●In order to prevent corrosion, do
not wash the vehicle's floor.
Carpet
●Clean carpets with a good foam
detergent.
●Use a vacuum cleaner to remove as
much dust as possible. Several types
of foam detergents can be used. Some
are in spray cans, and the others are
powders or liquids, which produce
foam when mixed with water. Clean
the carpets with foam soaked sponge
or a brush, scrubbing in a circular
motion.
●Do not use plain water, and keep the
carpets as dry as possible.
Seat Belt Maintenance
●The seat belts can be cleaned with
neutral soapy water or lukewarm
water.
●Scrub the seat belts with a sponge
or soft cloth. Check the seat belts for
excessive wear, tear, or cut marks.
WARNING
●Do not clean the seat belt
with colorant or bleach. These
substances may decrease the seat
belt’s strength.
●Do not use any seat belt that is not
dry.
Doors and Windows
●Doors and windows can be cleaned
with any ordinary detergent.
●Check the door checks regularly. If
the check lever is found with visible
dust accumulation, wipe it with a wet
soft cloth. Then apply 0.3 - 0.8 g of
lubricant between the bracket and the
pull rod riveting shaft, and between
the pull rod and the sliding block.
CAUTION
●When cleaning the inside of the
rear windows, take care not to
scratch or damage electric heating
wires or junctions.
A/C Control Panel, Car Speakers,
Dashboard, Control Panel and Switches
●Clean the A/C control panel, car
speakers, dashboard, control panel
and switches with a wet soft cloth.
●Wipe dust off gently with a clean soft
cloth soaked in lukewarm water.
CAUTION
●Do not use any organic matter
(such as solvents, kerosene,
alcohol, gasoline) or acid-base
solutions. These chemicals can
cause discoloration, staining, or
flaking.
Power Sliding Door Maintenance
Halaman 191
CAUTION
●Please confirm that the detergent
or polishing agent to be used does
not contain the above substances.
●If a new liquid washing agent is
used, do not splash it onto the
interior surface of the vehicle,
because it may contain the above
substances. Clear any splashed
liquid quickly.
●Keep the control panel free of oil
stain or water stain to prevent
affecting the touch sensitivity. It is
recommended to use a dust-free
cloth instead of a paper towel or
towel for wiping and maintenance
to prevent affecting the timeliness
of the fingerprint-resistant and oil-
resistant function of the control
panel.
Leather
●Leather trimmings can be cleaned with
a neutral detergent for woolen.
●Use a soft cloth with a neutral
detergent solution to wipe off the dust,
and then use a clean, wet cloth to wipe
the remaining detergent thoroughly.
●If leather gets wet, wipe it with a clean
soft cloth and air dry it in a cool,
ventilated place.
●For any questions about vehicle
cleaning, please consult a local DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
CAUTION
●If dirt cannot be cleaned off using
a neutral detergent, clean it with
a detergent that does not contain
organic solvents.
●Do not clean leather with any
organic material such as volatile
CAUTION
oil, alcohol, gasoline, acid or
alkali, these may cause leather
fading.
●Do not clean leather with a nylon
brush or synthetic fiber cloth,
as these may scratch the fine
patterns on the leather surface.
●Mold may grow on dirty leather
trimmings. Special care must be
taken to avoid oil stains and
trimmings must always be kept
clean.
●Prolonged exposure to sunlight
will cause leather to harden or
shrink, so the vehicle should be
parked in a shady and cool place,
especially in the summer.
06
●In hot weather, avoid placing vinyl
or waxy items on the trimmings,
or the hot temperature may metl
the material to stick to the leather.
MAINTENANCE
●Improper cleaning of leather
trimmings may cause
discoloration or spots.
Power Sliding Door
Maintenance
Maintenance of guide rail, pulley and
middle guide rail wear plate
●Regularly check whether there is dust,
deformation, depression or embedded
foreign matter on the surface of the
upper, middle and lower pulleys, guide
rails and wear-resistant plates of the
sliding door;
●If there is dust and foreign matter on
the surface, use an air gun to clean
inner wall of the guide rail and the
pulley surface, or use a damp cloth to
Self-Maintenance Precautions
Halaman 192
clean wear plate surface of the center
guide rail.
CAUTION
●Before the maintenance of guide
rail, pulley and wear plate, please
turn off the power sliding door
function;
●After cleaning, please open and
close the door for three times, if
there is obvious abnormal sound
in the pulley, guide rail and wear-
resistant plate, it is recommended
to go to a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for
maintenance.
Tracking mechanism maintenance
●The buffer pad of the movable
assembly of the guiding mechanism is
made of synthetic rubber, which is a
wearing part. The wear of the guiding
mechanism buffer pad varies with
different use conditions and frequency.
Please pay attention to the following
matters in order to prevent the power
sliding door from producing shaking
noise during driving:
●Regularly check the surface of
the rubber pad of the tracking
mechanism movable component,
it is recommended to go to a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for maintenance if there is a
noticeable wear.
●If there is obvious shaking in the
guiding mechanism during driving, it
is recommended to go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for maintenance.
Self-Maintenance
Self-Maintenance
Self-Maintenance Precautions
●If maintenance is to be carried out by
the owner, be sure to follow the correct
steps specified in this section.
●Note that improper and incomplete
maintenance will affect the good use
of the vehicle.
●This section only lists instructions on
simple maintenance items that can be
done by the owner. However, there
are many items that must be done
by qualified technicians with special
tools.
●Special care must be taken in
maintaining vehicles to prevent
accidental injuries. Make sure to obey
the followings:
WARNING
●If the motor is very hot, do not
remove or loosen the expansion
tank cover to prevent burns.
●Do not smoke in or near the
vehicle to avoid sparks or open
flames that may cause fire.
●Be very careful when handling the
low-voltage battery, as it contains
toxic and corrosive sulfuric acid.
●Never get under a vehicle
supported only by a jack. Be sure
to prop the vehicle up using both
a jack and a vehicle stand before
going underneath the vehicle.
●When working inside or under the
vehicle, always wear goggles to
protect your eyes against flying or
falling objects or splashing liquid.
Lights
Halaman 193
WARNING
●As brake fluid may damage
the skin or eyes, be careful
when filling it. If your
skin or eyes are exposed
to brake fluid, immediately
flush with clean water. Seek
medical attention immediately if
discomfort persists.
CAUTION
●Beware of short circuits, as some
circuits and vehicle components
carry high current or voltage.
●If any brake fluid overflows, rinse
it with water to prevent damage
to components or vehicle paint.
●When replacing wiper blades, do
not allow the wipers to scratch the
glass surface.
●Before closing the hood, check
whether any tool or wipe cloth is
left in the engine compartment.
Self-check
The following items should be checked
according to usage or specified mileage:
●Coolant level: The radiator and
expansion tank should be checked at
each charge.
●Windshield washer fluid: The residual
amount of washer liquid in the tank
should be checked monthly. When
washer liquid is frequently used, the
residual amount of liquid should be
checked more often.
●Windshield wiper: Check the wiper
condition monthly. If the wiper does
not work, check it for wear, cracking, or
other damage.
●Brake fluid level: Check the level
monthly.
●Brake pedal: Check whether the brake
pedal can be operated freely and
whether the brake light switch limiting
pad is aged or damaged.
●EPB switch: Check whether the switch
is functional.
●Low-voltage battery: Check the battery
and terminals condition for corrosion
monthly.
●A/C system: Check the operation of A/C
units weekly.
●Tires: Check tire pressure monthly.
Check tread wear and whether there
are foreign bodies embedded.
●Windshield defrosters: Check the
defroster vent monthly.
06
●Lights: Check the condition of
headlights, position lights, tail lights,
high mount brake light, turn signals,
rear fog lights, brake lights and license
plate light monthly.
MAINTENANCE
●Doors: Check whether the trunk lid and
all other doors (including rear doors)
can be opened freely and locked
securely.
●Horn: Check whether the horn is
functioning properly.
WARNING
●Do not continue driving a vehicle
that has not been inspected, as
this may result in serious vehicle
damage and personal injury.
Lights
Headlight adjustment
●Headlights are aligned before vehicle
delivery. If the vehicle carries heavy
load frequently, headlights may need
Sunroof Maintenance
Halaman 194
to be realigned. It is recommended
to have the headlights aligned by a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
Fogging of lights
●Combination lights, tail lights, and
turn signals on the side mirrors
may become foggy after heavy
rain or cleaning. This is similar to
condensation on the side window
during rain. It does not mean any
problem with your vehicle.
●The lights are in a relatively enclosed
and narrow space. The temperature
is very high when they light up
(the mask and reflector could be
burned and deformed easily), so
they need heat dissipation. There are
heat dissipation holes on the lamp
housing for convection. The greater
the temperature difference is, the more
active the convection is. During the
convection, the moisture in the air
inevitably enters a lamp. Factors such
as exposure to sunlight, convection,
and bulb heating can cause the
moisture in the air to condense into
fog or water beads easily on the lamp
surface at low temperatures. This is
called fogging of lights.
WARNING
●The headlight bulb becomes very
hot when illuminated. Grease,
sweat, or scratches on the surface
of the bulb glass cause the bulb to
overheat and break.
REMINDER
●If fog presents inside the headlight
and inside the turn signals on
side mirrors, it may be due to
high air humidity or significant
temperature difference between
the vehicle and its surroundings.
REMINDER
In that case, turn on the headlight
or turn signal while driving. The
fog will evaporate after a short
period of driving.
●If there is a noticeable amount
of water inside the lights, it is
recommended to drive the vehicle
to a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for maintenance.
Sunroof Maintenance
1. Wipe off dust or sand on the sealing
strips of the sunroof with a wet cloth
to avoid scratching them, which may
affect their sealing performance.
2. Wipe off dust or sand around the roof
metal sheet with a wet cloth to prevent
abrasion of sealing strips when the
sunroof is closed, which may affect the
sunroof sealing performance.
3. Frequently clean the rails, front
sash and other parts to avoid the
accumulation of dust, sand, and
leaves, and prevent the drainage holes
from being blocked by such debris,
resulting in water leakage into the
vehicle.
4. When washing the vehicle, do not aim
high-pressure water jets directly at the
sealing strips, to prevent high pressure
from distorting even damaging the
strips and water from leaking into the
vehicle.
5. The sunroof freezes easily in winter.
Forcibly opening the frozen sunroof
will damage sealing strips or other
parts. Instead, warm up the vehicle
and turn on the A/C system to
accelerate the melting of snow and
ice on the sunroof. Try to open the
sunroof after the temperature inside
reaches a certain level. Dry the residual
Closing the Hood
Halaman 195
moisture on the sunroof to prevent it
from freezing.
6. Do not open the sunroof fully on
extremely bumpy roads. Vibration
between the sunroof and the rail may
deform related parts and even damage
the motor. In addition, do not open the
sunroof when it rains or the vehicle is
being washed.
Vehicle Storage
●If the vehicle needs to be parked for
a long time (more than a month),
the following preparations should
be made. Proper preparation helps
prevent degradation and ensure easy
use of the vehicle. If possible, park the
vehicle indoors.
●Charge the vehicle on time.
●Thoroughly clean and dry the body
surface.
●Clean the interior of the vehicle to
ensure that carpets and mats are
completely dry.
●Release the parking brake and set the
gearshift lever in parking gear.
●Open one window slightly (if the
vehicle is stored indoors).
●Disconnect the negative terminal of
the low-voltage battery.
●Pad the front wiper arm with a folded
towel or cloth to keep it out of contact
with the windshield.
●To reduce adhesion, apply silicone
lubricant to all door seals and body
wax to the painted surface where the
door seals meet.
●Cover the body with a breathable
covering made of a "porous material"
such as cotton. Non-porous materials,
such as plastic sheeting, can build up
moisture and damage the paint.
●If possible, start the vehicle regularly
(preferably once every month). If the
vehicle has been parked for a year or
more, go to a DENZA authorized dealer
or service provider for comprehensive
maintenance.
Hood
Opening the Hood
●1. Pull the handle on the left under the
dashboard twice. The hood unlocks
and opens slightly.
06
MAINTENANCE
●2. Raise the hood to an appropriate
height; then it will automatically rise to
the open state.
Closing the Hood
●1. Pull the hood down to a certain
height, push it down with a little force
until it is half-locked, and then slowly
press the blue area in the picture with
both hands until the hood is fully
locked and closed. Keep your hands at
a certain distance and do not press the
ridges.
●2. After closing the hood, check
whether the latch is securely locked.
REMINDER
●Ensure that the hood is closed
and locked firmly. Otherwise, the
Braking System
Halaman 196
REMINDER
hood may suddenly open during
driving, resulting in an accident.
●Do not force down the hood.
●as this may concentrate the force
in one area and cause damage to
the hood.
●Do not press the front edge of the
hood to prevent damage to the
vehicle.
Cooling System
●It is required that the liquid level
should be between the Maximum
(MAX) and Minimum (MIN) marker lines
of the expansion tank.
●The coolant must always be of the
same specification as the original,
without adding any mixture. Different
brands and types of coolant should not
be mixed.
●Refill coolant to the MAX line if the
level is below the MIN line. Check the
cooling system for leakage.
REMINDER
●Opening the coolant expansion
tank when the motor has not
yet fully cooled down may cause
REMINDER
coolant to squirt out, resulting in
severe burns.
●Battery coolant may fade in color
when exposed to high ultraviolet
rays such as sunlight. If the hood
needs to be opened in the process
of vehicle use and maintenance,
direct sunlight should be avoided.
The performance parameters of
coolant do not change after it
fades, and normal use is not
affected.
CAUTION
●Do not add any rust inhibitor
or other additives to the
cooling system for they may be
incompatible with the coolant or
the motor components.
●Before opening the reservoir
cap, make sure that the motor,
high-voltage electronic control
assembly, refrigerant reservoir
and radiator are all cooled down.
●It is recommended to go to
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for adding the
special type of coolant that is
compatible with the battery.
Braking System
●Check the level in the fluid tank
monthly, and change the brake fluid
according to the travel time and
mileage specified in Maintenance
Schedule.
●Be sure to use the brake fluid of the
same specifications as the original
brake fluid, and different types of
brake fluid must not be mixed.
A/C System
Halaman 197
●It is required that the level in the
fluid tank should be between "MAX"
(maximum level) and "MIN" (minimum
level) marks.
●If the level is below the MIN mark,
check if the braking system leaks and
the brake friction blocks are worn.
Washer
●During normal use, check the liquid
level of the windshield washer
reservoir at least monthly.
●If the windshield washer is used
frequently, the level of the washer
reservoir should be checked more
frequently.
●High quality windshield washer fluid
should be added to improve stain
removal and prevent freezing in cold
weather.
●When refilling the washer fluid, use a
clean cloth dipped in the windshield
washer fluid to clean the windshield
wiper blade, thus helping keep the
wiper blade in good condition.
CAUTION
●Do not inject vinegar-water
solution into the windshield
washer fluid reservoir.
●It is recommended to use certified
windshield washing fluid.
A/C System
●The A/C system is a closed system,
and any important maintenance work
should be performed by professionals
from a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider.
●The following practices help ensure
that the A/C system works effectively.
06
●Check the radiator and A/C
condenser regularly. Remove leaves,
insects, and dust from the front
surface. These deposits will hinder
the air flow and reduce the cooling
effect. It is recommended to contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider to deal with it.
MAINTENANCE
●In cold months, turn the A/C on once
a week for at least 10 minutes to
circulate the lubricating oil in the
refrigerant unit.
●If A/C cooling efficiency decreases,
go to a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for maintenance.
CAUTION
●Whenever the A/C system is
maintained, the maintenance
station should use a refrigerant
recycling system.
●The system can recycle refrigerant
to avoid environmental pollution
Tire
Halaman 198
CAUTION
caused by directly discharging
refrigerant.
Wiper Blades
The blade strip, made of synthetic rubber,
is a vulnerable part. Various service
environment of the vehicle and usage
habits of drivers can damage the blades.
Therefore, please observe the following
to ensure the service life of blades and
driving safety:
●Do not use a blade to remove ice
from the windshield surface. Use a
customized ice scraper.
●Do not scrape the windshield surface if
it is dirty, greasy or waxy.
●Keep the windshield surface clean.
Do not scrape dust, sand, insects,
or foreign bodies on the windshield
surface.
●During vehicle washing and body paint
maintenance, there is no need to
wax the windshield, as the wax layer
reflects light in bad light, affecting
the line of sight and driving safety.
After washing the vehicle, rinse the
blade with plain water, and use special
windshield wax cleaner to remove the
wax layer on the windshield.
●Do not wash the blades directly with
a water jet to prevent excessive water
pressure from damaging the blades.
Maintenance Rules
●Clean windshield and blade regularly
(preferably once a week or once every
two weeks).
●Wipe the wiper regularly (preferably
once a day or once every two days)
even if it doesn't rain.
●When using a blade to wipe the
windshield, keep the windshield fully
wet (when there is no rain, the washer
liquid must be sprayed in advance).
●Clean the windshield with a special
windshield washer fluid.
●Promptly clean mud and insect
carcasses stuck to the windshield with
a rag.
●When there are marks on the
windshield caused by gravel,
maintenance should be carried out
timely (it is recommended that
windshield repair resin products
should be used and the windshield
should be replaced if marks are too
large or too many.)
●Replace the wiper blades regularly,
preferably once every six months.
●When cleaning the windshield, raise
the wiper arm in advance. The specific
operation method is as follows:
1. Go to infotainment system and
tap Vehicle Health to enable front/
rear wiper maintenance. The wipers
rotate out.
2. Grasp the upper end of the wiper
arm and carefully lift the wiper arm
and blade assembly.
Tire
●For safe driving, tires must be made
and sized to fit the vehicle, with good
tread and standard tire pressure.
●The following pages provide details on
how to check tire pressure, damage to
and wear of tires, and the operating
method for tire transposition.
Maintenance
Halaman 199
WARNING
●Using tires with excessive wear
or insufficient/excessive pressure
can result in accidents, severe
injury, or death.
●Please follow all instructions
in this manual regarding tire
inflation and maintenance.
Tire Inflation
●Keep tires properly inflated to
provide the best combination of
maneuverability, tread life, and driving
comfort.
●Under-inflated tires can cause uneven
tire wear, affect steerability and energy
consumption, and are prone to leakage
due to overheating.
●Over-inflated tires reduce riding
comfort and are prone to damage from
uneven roads. In severe cases, the risk
of tire bursting poses severe threats to
the safety of the entire vehicle. Over-
inflation will also cause uneven wear
and tear of tires, affecting tire service
life.
●The vehicle is equipped with a tire
pressure gauge. When tires are cold,
you can decide whether to replenish
tire pressure according to the tire
pressure values displayed on the
instrument cluster.
●Tire pressure should be measured
while tires are at ambient
temperatures. This means that it
should be measured at least three
hours after stop. If you must drive
the vehicle before the tire pressure is
measured, tires can still be considered
at ambient temperatures as long as the
traveled distance is not more than 1.6
km.
●It is normal that tire pressure reading
measured while tires are hot (after
travel of several kilometers) is 30-40
kPa (0.3-0.4 kgf/cm²) higher than when
tires are cold. In that case, do not
deflate tires in order to achieve the
specified cold tire pressure reading;
otherwise, the tire pressure will be
insufficient.
REMINDER
●The recommended cold tire
pressure is indicated on the label
affixed to the driver's door frame.
●Tubeless tires can self-seal punctures.
However, as leakage is usually very
slow, the leaks should be carefully
identified as soon as the tire begins to
depressurize.
06
Maintenance
●In addition to proper inflation, proper
wheel alignment also helps reduce
tread wear.
MAINTENANCE
●If uneven tire wear is found, go to
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider to check the wheel alignment.
●Although the vehicle has been
balanced in the factory, it needs to be
re-balanced after running for a period
of time.
●If there is some kind of continuous
vibration at high vehicle speeds (above
80 km/h), but not at low vehicle
speeds, go to a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for tire
checks.
●If a tire has been repaired, be sure to
re-balance it.
●When installing a new tire or replacing
a new wheel, always perform tire
balancing.
Replacing Tires and Wheels
Halaman 200
CAUTION
●Improper wheel balancers can
become loose and fall off,
which damages the vehicle
or surrounding objects during
vehicle travel.
●Improper wheel balancers
damage the aluminium rims
of the vehicle. Therefore, it is
recommended to use original
wheel balancers.
Tire Inspection
●Whenever checking tire inflation,
check tires for damage, foreign body
piercing and wear.
●Replace the tire if bumps, or tread or
side damage are found. Tires must be
replaced if any of the case happens.
●Replace the tire if there are cracks on
its side or if its fabric or cord can be
seen.
●Replace tires with excessive tread
wear.
●Wear marks are cast inside tire treads.
When the tread is worn at this point, a
band mark is shown across the tread,
indicating the tread thickness is less
than 1.6 mm. The adhesion of tires
worn to this extent is very small on wet
roads.
●Tires with exposed wear bars are
experiencing serious performance loss
and therefore must be replaced.
Tire Rotation
In order to make tires wear the same
and prolong their service life, it is
recommended to check the wheel tread
wear inside and outside every 10,000 km
and rotate tires and conduct four-wheel
alignment if necessary.
●Do not rotate tires when a spare tire is
used for the vehicle.
●When purchasing replacement tires,
you may find that some tires are
"directional," which can only be
rotated in one direction. If directional
tires are used, only the front and rear
wheels can be swapped in tire rotation.
See the illustration.
① Non-directional tires and wheels.
② Directional tires and wheels.
●After tire replacement, go to a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider
for tire pressure matching.
Replacing Tires and Wheels
●Original tires maximize performance,
while providing the best combination
of maneuverability, driving comfort
and service life.
●It is recommended to replace with
original tires at a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
●Replacement of tires with different
sizes, road ranges, rated speeds and
maximum cold pressures (marked on
the tire side) or mixed use of radial
tires and diagonal tires can reduce
braking ability, driving force (ground
adhesion) and steering accuracy.
●The installation of unsuitable tires
can affect the maneuverability and
Fuse Location
Halaman 201
stability of the vehicle, and may lead
to accidents.
●Replace four tires at the same time
whenever possible. If this is impossible
or unnecessary, replace front or rear
tires at the same time. Do not replace
only one tire; otherwise it will seriously
affect the maneuverability of the
vehicle.
●ABS works by comparing wheel speed.
When replacing a tire, use a tire of
the same size as the original tire.
The size and structure of the tire can
affect wheel speed and may lead to
uncoordinated system operation.
●If the wheel needs to be replaced,
ensure that the specifications of the
new wheel match those of the original
wheel. New wheels are available for
purchase at DENZA authorized dealers
or service providers. Please consult a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider before replacing the wheels.
●If your vehicle is equipped with
silent tires*, it is recommended to
replace with original tires at a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider.
If you want to replace with ordinary
tires, take accessories such as inflator
and tire sealant to provide your vehicle
with the ability of emergency driving.
WARNING
Please observe the following
precautions to ensure proper vehicle
performance and control.
●Do not mix radial tires, bias belted
tires, or diagonal ply tires on the
vehicle.
WARNING
●Do not use tires with dimensions
other than those recommended
by the manufacturer.
Fuses
All vehicle circuits are provided with fuses
to prevent short circuit or overloading.
These fuses are mounted in four fuse
boxes respectively.
●The under-hood PDB is located
beside the left fender of the engine
compartment.
●Remove the upper cover of the
under-hood PDB, and turn over it to
view the PDB label.
06
●The dashboard PDB is located in the
shield under the dashboard.
●The rear compartment fuse box is
located on the left side of the trunk.
MAINTENANCE
●The positive fuse box is under the front
passenger's seat and beside the low-
voltage battery.
REMINDER
●Do not use fuses with amperage
higher than the rated ampere value
or any other solution to replace
the fuses, as this can cause serious
damage or even a fire.
●Replacement of blown fuses with ones
of higher amperage can significantly
increase the likelihood of damage to
the electrical system.
●If there is no spare fuse of the same
amperage, use a fuse with lower
amperage instead.
Dashboard PDB Nameplate
Halaman 202
Dashboard PDB Nameplate
No.
Ampere (A)
Protected Component or
Circuit
01
30
Universal controller
02
30
Universal controller
03
5
Seat lumbar support
04
10
Diagnosis port
05
5
Head-up display (HUD)
06
-
-
07
5
Gearshift panel
08
20
Infotainment system CPU
09
7.5
T-BOX
10
7.5
Wireless charger
11
7.5
Combination switch
Dashboard PDB Nameplate
Halaman 203
| No. | Ampere (A) | Protected Component or Circuit |
|-----|------------|-------------------------------------------------|
| 12 | 30 | ECU of power sliding doors |
| 13 | 30 | Left middle power seat |
| 14 | 20 | Front left window |
| 15 | 20 | Right front window |
| 16 | 25 | External amplifier |
| 17 | 25 | External amplifier |
| 18 | 15 | Integrated thermal management module |
| 19 | 20 | Right rear window |
| 20 | 7.5 | ETC |
| 21 | - | - |
| 22 | - | - |
| 23 | - | - |
| 24 | - | - |
| 25 | - | - |
| 26 | - | - |
| 27 | - | - |
| 28 | - | - |
| 29 | - | - |
| 30 | - | - |
| 31 | - | - |
06
MAINTENANCE
203
Rear Compartment Fuse Box Nameplate
Halaman 204
Rear Compartment Fuse Box Nameplate
!
注意
NOTICE
只准使用指定规格的保险丝和继电器
USE THE DESIGNATED FUSES AND RELAYS ONLY
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
B+
| No. | Ampere (A) | Protected Component or Circuit |
|-----|------------|------------------------------------|
| 01 | 30 | Rear body control module |
| 02 | - | - |
| 03 | 15 | Suspension ECU |
| 04 | 10 | Motor controller |
| 05 | 5 | High-frequency module |
| 06 | 10 | Motor controller |
| 07 | 7.5 | Second-row seat armrest screen |
| 08 | 5 | ECU of power sliding doors |
| 09 | 7.5 | Rear entertainment screen |
| 10 | 7.5 | ADAS |
204
Rear Compartment Fuse Box Nameplate
Halaman 205
| No. | Ampere (A) | Protected Component or Circuit |
| :-- | :--------- | :----------------------------- |
| 11 | 7.5 | Rear entertainment screen |
| 12 | 30 | Left power sliding door |
| 13 | 30 | Left middle power seat |
| 14 | 20 | Left rear window |
| 15 | - | - |
| 16 | 20 | Rear blower |
| 17 | 10 | Rear left combination light |
| 18 | 10 | Rear right combination light |
| 19 | 30 | Rear body control module |
| 20 | 30 | Rear body control module |
| 21 | - | - |
| 22 | - | - |
| 23 | - | - |
| 24 | - | - |
| 25 | - | - |
| 26 | - | - |
| 27 | - | - |
| 28 | - | - |
| 29 | - | - |
| 30 | - | - |
| 31 | - | - |
06
MAINTENANCE
205
Rear Compartment Fuse Box Nameplate
Halaman 206
206
When Faults Occur
Halaman 207
07
WHEN FAULTS
OCCUR
When Faults Occur..........................208
Emergency Shutdown System
Halaman 208
When Faults Occur
Reflective vest
The reflective vest is in the tool kit. In case
of emergency, always wear the reflective
vest properly before you check for faults
or handle accidents to ensure your safety.
If Smart Key Battery Is
Exhausted
If the smart key indicator does not flash
and the vehicle cannot be started using
the start function, the smart key battery
may be exhausted. It is recommended
to contact a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for battery change as
soon as possible. In this case, you may
start the vehicle in no power mode.
CAUTION
●Do not place the smart key
in a position exposed to high
temperature.
●Check for nearby radio stations,
substations or airport radio
transmitters that may interfere
with the normal operation of
electronic smart keys.
●After locking the vehicle and
arming its anti-theft alarm
system, keep the key away from
the vehicle if you do not use the
vehicle; otherwise the automatic
card finding of the vehicle will
consume the power of the low-
voltage battery and the smart key.
1. Use the mechanical key to unlock the
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and the START/
STOP button. The smart key warning
light comes on and the speaker in the
vehicle gives a beep.
3. Keep the smart key close to the no-
power mode sign on the auxiliary
dashboard within 30 seconds after
the speaker beeps. The speaker beeps
again, the smart key warning light
turns out, and the vehicle can be
started.
4. Start the vehicle within five seconds
after the speaker beeps again.
Emergency Shutdown
System
●The emergency shutdown system is
activated and the high-voltage system
is automatically shut down when the
following conditions are met:
●Any air bag fails to deploy after a
front collision.
●Some rear collisions.
●Vehicle system failure.
●The OK indicator goes off if any of the
above situations occurs.
●Activating the emergency shutdown
system in the noted types of collision
minimizes the risk of injuries or
accidents. The vehicle system cannot
be switched into the OK status
once the emergency shutdown system
is activated. In that case, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
If a Collision Occurs
Halaman 209
authorized dealer or service provider.
Even if the ignition switch is set to the
OK position, the system will be turned
off immediately. Therefore, contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider as soon as possible.
Vehicle Fire Rescue
In case of fire, continue to operate the
vehicle as follows according to the actual
situation:
1. Switch the ignition off, and leave the
vehicle.
2. On the precondition that personal
safety is ensured, if the fire is small
and slow, use a dry powder fire
extinguisher to put out the fire, and
call for help immediately.
3. If the fire is large and growing quickly,
stay away from the vehicle and wait for
rescue.
CAUTION
●Wear insulated gloves during
vehicle disassembly. Use fire
extinguishers of designated
type. Water or incorrect fire
extinguishers may cause electric
shock.
●In the event of other special
conditions that cause flying
projectiles (such as interior trims
and glass), stay away from the
vehicle and promptly ask a DENZA
authorized dealer or service
provider to come to the site for
handling.
If a Collision Occurs
In case of collision, operate the vehicle as
follows according to the actual situation:
1. Switch the ignition off, and disconnect
the low-voltage battery if conditions
permit.
2. Call immediately a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider for rescue.
3. Carry out a simple inspection, if
conditions permit: Check whether any
edge of the high-voltage battery tray
is cracked and whether any obvious
liquid flows out.
●Damage to high-voltage components
is not identifiable in all cases. Do
not handle damaged components or
touch them with jewelry or other
metal objects.
●If skin comes in contact with leaked
fluid, wash it immediately with
plenty of water for 10-15 minutes.
If there is still any discomfort,
apply 2.5% calcium gluconate
ointment, or soak in 2% to 2.5%
calcium gluconate solution. If the
condition does not get better or
discomfort persists, seek medical
help immediately.
07
●Do not touch the orange high-
voltage cables or other high-voltage
components. Only authorized repair
personnel is allowed to work on high-
voltage systems.
WHEN FAULTS OCCUR
●Do not damage, modify, disassemble,
or disconnect the orange high-
voltage cables from the high-voltage
grid.
●Inform the firemen and rescue
personnel that the vehicle is
equipped with a high-voltage battery
pack.
WARNING
●Do not touch any spilled liquid,
and stay away from a leaking
vehicle or high-voltage battery.
If the Vehicle Needs Towing
Halaman 210
WARNING
●Do not dispose of the leaked fluid
into the water or soil or other
environment.
●The vehicle system operates
with high-voltage DC power. It
generates a lot of heat before and
after vehicle start-up and when
the vehicle is powered off. Watch
out for high pressures and high
temperatures.
●Do not disassemble, move,
or alter high-voltage battery
components and connecting
cables as their connectors can
cause serious burns or electric
shock and may result in personal
injury or death. The orange cables
are part of high-voltage wiring
harness. Users must not repair
the vehicle's high-voltage system
by themselves. If any repair is
required, it is recommended to go
to a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider for repair.
●The remote control key and high-
voltage components of the vehicle
may affect and harm people
carrying medical devices.
After a collision, if there is battery
leakage, an acrid smell inside the vehicle,
visible acid flow outside the vehicle, or
any smoke with the battery pack:
1. Switch the ignition off, and disconnect
the low-voltage battery if conditions
permit.
2. It is recommended to call immediately
a DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider for rescue.
If the Vehicle Needs
Towing
If the vehicle needs towing, it is
recommended to contact a DENZA
authorized dealer or service provider,
a professional towing service, or the
organization you joined for roadside
assistance.
CAUTION
●Do not allow other vehicles to pull
your car with only ropes or chains.
Recommended towing methods:
●Flatbed device
●If the vehicle fails and needs towing,
a flatbed is recommended. When
the vehicle is being towed, keep its
four wheels off the ground. Towing
the vehicle on front or rear wheels
alone may damage high-voltage
components.
CAUTION
●When moving a vehicle on a flat
trailer, make sure that the vehicle
being moved is properly secured
to prevent it from sliding back.
●It is recommended to use
professional tire straps and
tighteners, and over-the-wheel
Tow Eye
Halaman 211
CAUTION
binding is recommended for
securing moved vehicles.
●When fixing the vehicle, do not
pass the fixtures such as straps
and ropes through the wheels
or tie them on the chassis,
suspension and other body parts
to prevent damaging the vehicle.
●When transporting a vehicle,
make sure that the wheels of
the moved vehicle cannot turn to
avoid damage to the vehicle.
Tow Eye
The installation point of vehicle tow eye is
shown in the illustration.
1. Press the upper left corner of the tow
eye cover to open it.
2. Install the tow eye in the tow eye
opening.
●If the vehicle needs rescue, call a
professional rescue or the customer
service number.
●In emergency situations where the
vehicle needs resue using the tow eye,
observe the following to avoid vehicle
damage or personal injuries.
●The towing vehicle must be in good
conditions, with a tow speed no
more than 5 km/h.
●Never use jerking actions to pull the
vehicle.
●The towed vehicle must not carry any
person except for the driver or tow
any trailer.
●Both towing and towed vehicles must
have their hazard warning lights on.
●To avoid damages to the vehicle, only
the in-vehicle tow eye can be used.
●The distance between the towing and
towed vehicles must be more than 4
meters but less than 10 meters.
●The width and weight of the towed
vehicle must not be greater than
those of the towing vehicle.
●When towing the vehicle, ensure its
surroundings are unobstructed and
have enough space and no person is
close to the towing device.
●When freeing the vehicle, control to
make it travel in the direction of tow
force. Dragging the vehicle from the
side or vertically is prohibited.
07
●The towed vehicle must be
controlled by a driver inside the
cabin, with the steering and braking
systems in normal conditions.
WHEN FAULTS OCCUR
CAUTION
●Never rescue a stuck or high-
centered vehicle with tow eyes.
Call a professional rescue or the
customer service number.
●If the steering or braking system
of the towed vehicle fails, contact
a professional rescue or call the
customer service number. Do not
tow the vehicle directly.
In-Vehicle Tools
Halaman 212
If a Tire Goes Flat
●Maintain the lane position and
gradually slow down the vehicle. Drive
the vehicle off the busy road to a safe
place. Park on solid, flat ground and
avoid highway forks. Park on solid, flat
ground and avoid motorway forks.
●Engage the EPB and press the "P"
button.
●Power off the vehicle and turn on the
hazard warning light.
●Be sure to have all passengers get off
the vehicle and ask them to go to a
safe place away from crowded traffic.
●To prevent slipping, secure the vehicle
by wedging the tire diagonally against
the flat tire.
CAUTION
●Do not continue driving with a
flat tire. Even a short distance of
driving with flat tire can cause
irreparable damage.
In-Vehicle Tools
●These tools are stored in a tool box
under the trunk cover flap.
① Warning triangle
② Reflective vest
③ Lug nut remover
④ Tire repair kit
⑤ Tow eye
●In an emergency where you need to
service the vehicle yourself, you must
know how to use these in-vehicle tools
and their locations.
Placing the Warning Triangle
REMINDER
●Before repairing the vehicle
while stopped on a public road,
remember to place a warning
triangle in the lane where your
vehicle is located, 100-200 m
behind the vehicle, red side facing
vehicles oncoming from behind,
in order to warn them and prevent
accidents. After the repair, recover
the warning triangle for future
use.
The warning triangle is used to warn
vehicles coming from behind and to
avoid collisions due to high speed or late
braking.
How to use the warning triangle:
1. Take the warning triangle out of its
box.
2. Attach the ends to form a triangle.
3. Mount the supports as shown.
Using Tire Repair Kit*
Halaman 213
Using Tire Repair Kit*
●The tire repair kit is used to seal small
cuts, especially cuts in tread pattern. It
is just an emergency solution for you to
drive to the nearest service center, and
only for short emergency stretches,
even if the tire is not deflated.
●The tire repair kit is in the trunk and
can be taken out from the interior trim
panel.
●The tire repair kit includes: sealant,
inflator, and adhesive sticker with
marked maximum allowable speed
and instructions.
WARNING
●The tire repair kit is only suitable
for minor damages of tires. If a
wheel is damaged, tyre puncture
sealant kit is prohibited.
●Tire sealant is highly flammable
and harmful to health. Take
necessary precautions to prevent
fire and avoid contact with skin,
eyes, and clothing; keep away
from children; and do not inhale
its vapor.
In case of contact with tire sealant:
●If tire sealant comes into contact
with the skin or gets into
the eyes, thoroughly flush the
WARNING
affected body part immediately
with plenty of clean water.
●Change contaminated clothing
immediately.
●In case of an allergic
reaction, seek medical attention
immediately.
●If tire sealant is ingested by
accident, rinse mouth thoroughly
and drink plenty of water
immediately. Do not induce
vomiting, but seek medical
attention immediately.
Using the tire repair kit
●Refer to labels on the inflator for usage
of the kit.
●If the inflator needs to be connected
to a power source, plug the inflator
into the vehicle's 12V socket, start the
vehicle, and turn on the inflator. The
tire sealant is then filled through the
inflator hose into the tire along with
air.
07
WHEN FAULTS OCCUR
REMINDER
●Make sure the inflator switch is
off when you plugging the power
supply into the 12V socket in the
vehicle.
●Do not use the inflator
continuously for more than 10
minutes at a time.
●Before using the power plug,
make sure that its voltage and
power do not exceed the 12 V
and 120 W limits marked on the
backup power supply. Exceeding
these limits poses a safety hazard.
●Observe the tire pressure reading on
the inflator.
Using Tire Repair Kit*
Halaman 214
●If the tire pressure does not reach 180
kPa within 10 minutes (red area shown
in the illustration), turn off the inflator.
You are recommended to contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
●If the tire pressure reaches between
180 and 320 kPa (green and yellow
areas shown in the illustration),
remove the kit as soon as possible and
drive at a speed below 80 km/h within
one minute, with the furthest driving
distance not exceeding 10 km, so that
the tire sealant is evenly distributed
within the tire.
●Pull over the vehicle and check the tire
pressure on the instrument cluster.
●If the tire pressure is greater than
220 kPa, drive to the nearest service
center at a speed below 80 km/h.
●If the tire pressure is between 130
and 220 kPa, repeat the process
to fill the tire sealant into the tire
and observe the tire pressure gauge
reading on the inflator.
●If the tire pressure does not reach 130
kPa, it is recommended to contact a
DENZA authorized dealer or service
provider.
REMINDER
●Using tire repair kit on damaged
tires is only an emergency
solution. Please change the tires
at a professional repair center
as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you contact
a DENZA authorized dealer or
service provider and inform the
maintenance technician that tire
sealant has been used.
●Avoid hard acceleration and high-
speed turns.
●Abide by the maximum vehicle
speed limit of 80 km/h. Do not
continue driving if any strong
vibration, driving instability, or
noise occurs while the vehicle is
running.
●When the tire sealant is about
to expire (see the label on the
canister for exact date), replace it
with a new one.
●After using the tire repair kit, it is
recommended to purchase a new
tire sealant at a DENZA authorized
dealer or service provider.
Specifications
Halaman 215
# 08 SPECIFICATIONS
Data............................................... 216
Information......................................... 221
Declarations of Conformity...................... 222
Vehicle Data
Halaman 216
Data
Vehicle Data
Dimensions
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Length (mm)
5250
5250
Width (mm, excluding side
mirrors)
1960
1960
Height (mm)
1920
1920
Wheelbase (mm)
3110
3110
Front track (mm)
1675
1675
Rear track (mm)
1675
1675
Front overhang (mm)
985
985
Rear overhang (mm)
1155
1155
Approach angle (°)
15
15
Departure angle (°)
15
15
Vehicle mass
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Curb weight (kg)
2764
2865
Front axle load (kg)
1360
1380
Rear axle load (kg)
1404
1485
Max. allowable total mass
(kg)
3338
3439
Front axle load at max.
allowable total mass (kg)
1470
1491
Rear axle load at max.
allowable total mass (kg)
1868
1948
Vehicle Data
Halaman 217
Item
Parameter
Number of occupants
(persons)
7
7
Drive motor
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Model
Front control module:
TZ220XYD
Type
Permanent magnet
synchronous motor
Permanent magnet
synchronous motor
Rated power/speed/torque
(kW/rpm/N•m)
70/4456/150
Front: 70/4456/150
Peak power/revolving
speed/torque (kW/rpm/
N•m)
230/16000/360
Front: 230/16000/360
Vehicle power performance and economic efficiency
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Max. design speed (km/h)
180
180
Max. gradeability (%)
30
40
Power consumption per
100 km under NEDC
comprehensive working
conditions (kWh/100 km)
20.5
21.3
Power consumption
per 100 km under
comprehensive working
conditions (kWh/100 km)
22.4
25.6
Wheels and tires
Front control module:
TZ220XYD
Rear control module:
TZ180XSN
Rear: 25/4775/50
Rear: 45/15000/110
08
SPECIFICATIONS
Vehicle Data
Halaman 218
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Tire specification
235/60 R18
235/60 R18
Tire pressure (kPa)
Front/Rear: 260/260 (R18)
Front/Rear: 260/260 (R18)
Wheel dynamic balance
requirement (g)
5
5
Wheel alignment values (at curb weight)
Item
Parameter
Front camber-side (°)
-0.5±0.75
Front toe-in-side (°)
0±0.08
Kingpin inclination angle-side (°)
12.5±0.75
Kingpin caster angle-side (°)
4.7±0.75
Rear camber-side (°)
-0.5±0.5
Rear wheel toe-in-side (°)
0.067±0.08
Braking system
Item
Parameter
Free stroke of brake pedal (mm)
1~5
Front brake disc thickness (mm)
28~30
Rear brake disc thickness (mm)
23-25
Front friction plate thickness (mm)
2~11
Rear friction plate thickness (mm)
2.5-6.5
High-voltage battery
Item
Parameter
Type
Lithium iron phosphate battery
High-voltage battery rated capacity (Ah)
170
Seats:
Vehicle Data
Halaman 219
Item
Parameter
Forward and backward moving spaces for
front seat (seat cushion depth measured)
30 mm forward from the farthest slide rail
stroke
Seatback angle of front seats (cushion
depth measured)
25 °
Normal service conditions of front
seatbacks
Forward and backward moving space for
the second-row seat (seat cushion depth
measured)
Seatback angle of second-row seats
(cushion depth measured)
27 °
Normal service conditions of second-row
seatbacks
28° forward, 43° backward
Forward and backward moving spaces
for third row seat (seat cushion depth
measured)
Seatback angle of the third-row seats
(cushion depth measured)
25 °
Normal service conditions of the third-row
seatbacks
45° forward, 3.75° backward
Fluid
Item
Parameter
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
AWD
Gear transmission oil type
Castrol BOT-383, W5
Castrol BOT-383, W5
Front drive gear
transmission oil amount (L)
1.5±0.05
1.5±0.05
Rear drive gear transmission
oil type
Castrol BOT-384
Castrol BOT-384
Rear drive gear oil amount
(L)
/
0.5±0.05
Brake fluid type
DOT4
DOT4
Brake fluid amount (L)
1.1±0.02
1.1±0.02
25° forward and 50° backward from
the designed position; slide rail: 200mm
forward and 60mm backward; slide rail
inclination: 2.5°
30 mm forward from the farthest slide rail
stroke
30 mm forward from the farthest slide rail
stroke
08
SPECIFICATIONS
Model and Serial Number of Drive Motor
Halaman 220
Item
Parameter
Motor controller battery
coolant type
Ethylene glycol long-acting
anti-rust antifreeze
Ethylene glycol long-acting
anti-rust antifreeze
Motor controller battery
coolant amount (L)
3.8±0.5
6.8±0.5
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
① Attached on the gearbox
② Attached on the VIN slot on the upper
cover of the front windshield cross sill
③ Attached to the pillar of the rear
windshield.
④ Attached on the sheet metal clad of the
right rear wheel envelope
⑤ Attached on the sheet metal surface
inside the right rear door sill.
⑥ Attached on the sheet metal surface
at the lower right corner of the front left
door
⑦ Attached on the sheet metal surface
inside the hood
⑧ Attached on the sheet metal surface of
the front anti-impact beam
VIN is engraved on the lower beam of the
front right seat. After connecting the VDS,
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) can
be found in the upper right corner of the
screen for the corresponding model. For
details, please refer to the VDS operation
manual.
Vehicle Nameplate
The vehicle nameplate is attached to the
lower part of the right B-pillar:
Model and Serial Number of Drive
Motor
① The model and number of the drive
motor are located near the lock ring right
under the hood.
② The rear motor* model and serial
number are located near the lower
mounting bracket of the power spring on
the left side of the back door.
Warning Label Location
Halaman 221
Information
Warning Labels
Side airbag warning label
Side airbag warning labels are attached
below the lock rings on the left and right
front doors.
Tire pressure indication label
The tire pressure indication label is
attached below the left side airbag
warning label.
Labels on the engine compartment
① The air conditioner filling and cooling
fan indication label is attached on the
inner engine compartment cap and the
right lock ring.
② The battery location indication label
is on the inner engine compartment cap,
attached on the left lock ring.
The DC charging indication & reminding
label
The DC charging indication & reminding
label is attached to the middle of the DC
charge port door.
08
SPECIFICATIONS
Power trunk lid label
Power trunk lid label is attached on the
metal plate of the trunk lid.
Declarations of Conformity
Halaman 222
Transponder Mounting
The transponder mounting position is
located in the upper right of the front
windshield.
Declarations of Conformity
Declarations of Conformity
MmWave Radar Certification
Country
Model
Certification Marks
77V12FLR
Singapore
77V13CRN
77V12FLR
Indonesia
77V13CRN
77V12FLR
Malaysia
77V13CRN
CAUTION
●Do not overlap the sticker
transponder with the glass frame
or other objects.
Declarations of Conformity
Halaman 223
Smart Key Certification
Country
Model
Certification Marks
EU countries
MRH-3791200A
Thailand
MRH-3791200A
NBTC Compliance
Radar
08
SPECIFICATIONS
Thailand
Model: BYD intelligent cockpit system
Declarations of Conformity
Halaman 225
Numerics
12V Auxiliary Power...................... 172
A
A/C Buttons................................... 160
A/C Control Panel, Car Speakers,
Dashboard, Control Panel and
Switches........................................ 190
Account Registration.................... 166
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
(AVAS)............................................ 139
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)...... 117
Adjusting Front-Seat Head Supports
......................................................... 64
Adjusting Middle and Rear Seat Head
Supports.......................................... 65
Adjusting Rear Seats....................... 63
Adjusting Second-Row Seats.......... 62
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Manually.......................................... 70
Air Purification System................. 164
Airbag Overview.............................. 15
Anti-lock Braking System............. 147
Anti-theft Alarm System................. 27
Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)...... 115
Automatic Vehicle Washing.......... 189
B
Battery Leakage Rescue............... 210
Bill Box........................................... 168
Blind Spot Assist (BSA)................. 134
Brake fluid..................................... 196
Break-in Period............................. 103
C
Carpet............................................ 190
Carrying Luggage.......................... 106
Center Console Cubby.................. 169
Charge Port Anti-theft Lock............ 95
Charging Precautions..................... 85
Charging Safety Warnings..............
Check Before Charging...................
Child Protection Lock..................... 59
Child Restraint System Classification
......................................................... 23
Closing the Hood.......................... 195
Coolant.......................................... 196
Cup Holder.................................... 170
D
Data Collection and Processing..... 28
Declarations of Conformity.......... 222
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring
System........................................... 138
Discharge Instructions.................... 97
Door Bin........................................ 169
Doors and Windows...................... 190
Driver Assistance Switches............. 77
Driver Monitoring Systems (DMS)*....
136
Driver's Door Switches................... 75
Driving Precautions...................... 116
Driving Safety Precautions........... 103
Driving Safety Systems................. 145
E
Electronic Smart Key...................... 46
Emergency Lane Keeping Assist
(ELKA)*.......................................... 132
Emergency Vehicle Locking with
Mechanical Key............................... 54
EPB Switch.................................... 113
F
Fire Prevention............................. 108
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) and
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
....................................................... 123
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA) and
Front Cross Traffic Brake (FCTB)*. 126
Front Interior Lights........................ 80
Declarations of Conformity
Halaman 226
Front Windshield Wipers and Washer
.........................................................
Function Definition....................... 161
G
Gear Shift Controls....................... 112
General Charging Troubleshooting 87
Glasses Case.................................. 169
Glove Box...................................... 168
Grab Handles................................ 171
H
Hazard Warning Light Switch......... 78
Head-up Display (HUD)*............... 137
High-Voltage Battery...................... 98
I
Indicators and Warning Lights....... 35
Infotainment Touchscreen........... 155
Installing Child Restraint Systems
with ISOFIX Rigid Anchor................ 24
Intelligent Charging........................ 95
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC).... 121
Intelligent High Beam Control (IHBC)
....................................................... 129
Interior Cleaning........................... 190
Interior Rearview Mirror............... 149
L
Lane Departure Assist (LDA)*....... 130
LCD Instrument Cluster.................. 34
Leather.......................................... 191
Light Switches................................. 70
Lights............................................. 193
Locking/Unlocking with Mechanical
Key................................................... 49
Locking/Unlocking with Smart Key
......................................................... 49
Low-voltage battery...................... 101
M
Maintenance Plan......................... 182
Manual Vehicle Washing............... 189
Mode Switches................................ 78
O
Odometer Switch............................ 77
Opening the Hood........................ 195
Other Instrument Cluster Fault
Prompts........................................... 43
P
Paint Maintenance Tips................ 188
Panoramic View System............... 140
Parking Assist System*................. 142
Phone Holder................................ 168
Power-Assisted Steering Mode
Settings........................................... 70
R
Regular Maintenance.................... 187
Reservation Charging..................... 94
Roof Vents*.................................... 164
S
Saving Energy and Extending Vehicle
Service Life.................................... 105
Seat Belt Maintenance.................. 190
Seat Belt Overview......................... 12
Seat Precautions............................. 60
Seat Side Table............................. 176
Seatback Pockets.......................... 169
Self-Maintenance Precautions..... 192
Side Mirror Adjustment................ 150
Smart Access and Start System...... 58
Snow Chains................................. 109
Starting the Vehicle....................... 110
Steering Wheel Switches................ 67
Declarations of Conformity
Halaman 227
Sun Visor.......................................
Sunroof Maintenance...................
Sunroof Switch............................... 79
Sunshade...................................... 175
T
Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)*.... 127
Trailer Towing............................... 103
Transponder Mounting................. 222
Tray Table*.................................... 175
U
USB Ports...................................... 172
Using AC Charging Piles.................. 91
Using DC Chargers*......................... 92
Using Mode 2 Charging Cable*....... 88
Using Seat Belts.............................. 12
V
Vehicle Cleaning........................... 188
Vehicle Corrosion Prevention....... 187
Vehicle Fire Rescue....................... 209
Vehicle Identification.................... 220
Vehicle Storage Precautions......... 195
Vehicle Use Suggestions............... 104
VTOL Discharging............................ 97
W
Wading into Water........................ 107
Warning Labels............................. 221
Washer........................................... 197
Window Control Switch on Passenger
Side.................................................. 77
Winter Driving Precautions.......... 117
Wireless Phone Charger............... 173
Abbreviations
Halaman 229
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
Termin
ology
Full Name
Termin
ology
Full Name
ECU
Electronic Control Unit
ISOFIX
International Standards
Organization Fix
EDR
Event Data Recorder
ABS
Antilock Braking System
ESC
Electronic Stability Controller
NFC
Near Field Communication
USB
Universal Serial Bus
SOC
State of Charge
EPB
Electronic Parking Brake
AVH
Auto Vehicle Hold
ACC
Adaptive Cruise Control
FCW
Forward Collision Warning
AEB
Automatic Emergency Braking
TSR
Traffic Sign Recognition
IHBC
Intelligent High Beam Control
LDA
Lane Departure Assist
LDW
Lane Departure Warning
LDP
Lane Departure Prevention
ELKA
Emergent Lane Keeping Assist
EPS
Electrical Power Steering
BSA
Blind Spot Assist
DOW
Door Open Warning
RCW
Rear Collision Warning
RCTA
Rear Collision Traffic Alert
RCTB
Rear Cross Traffic Braking
HUD
Head-Up Display
AVAS
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
CST
Comfort Parking
EBD
Electronic Brakeforce Distribution
EV
Electric Vehicle
VDC
Vehicle Dynamics Control
TCS
Traction Control System
HHC
Hill Hold Control
HBA
Hydraulic Brake Assist
CDP
Controller Deceleration Parking
HDC
Hill Descent Control
OTA
Over-the-Air
PM2.5
Particulate Matter 2.5
MAX
Maximum
MIN
Minimum
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
